Home

Tektronix 1705A User's Manual

1. HALF 87 ae SPAN R126 PM Riso R158 R160 8 po N 1 00M R242 cs 200 0 lt 5 gt 20 0K 511 0 7 SPAN J 100 0K 11 8V C92 AUF 6 ANN 101 SWP SPEED 9 E HH m lt 5 gt R159 L cag 0 OHM 06444 R304 R119 200 0K T AUF Gio 3 R34 187 0K R107 8 25K 77 GRWP gt 4 py 19 PLU NOTE THE NUMBERS BY ADJUSTMENTS ARE R35 1000 49 9K 14 FOR THE ORDER OF CALIBRATION 10K ANN THE NUMBERS MAY NOT MATCH THE 20 0K N Men D2 1 2 10K SILKSCREEN ON THE BOARD FOR 06444 lt 5 gt A bien THE 70MHz LINEARITY SECTION SHV tsi AAA 100K lt I gt CR24 Z N R143 2 11 8V 20 0K R244 T 4 AAA 10 0K 11 8V 8 R95 L ceo 7 50 UF 7 R73 5 Ret p Doe E2 2 gt 182K ix R121 as U24A R144 11 1 511 0 R142 TLo72 82 5 T 5 _ CR21 475 Vii p NORMAL 1 1K 3 NL 06444
2. 1705 SPECTRUM MONITOR LOW VOLTS POWER SUPPLY lt 7 gt 1 1 CAUTION CIRCUITRY TO THE 3 8 LEFT OF THE ISOLATION m BOUNDARY IS AT POWER LINE ISOLATION USED WITH POTENTIAL AND REQUIRES BOUNDARY 5 1700F10 AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER UPGRADE TO SERVICE 8 le ONLY 1 15 DC OPER 8 8 9 9 LINE RECTIFIER riu a 1 AND FILTER ose NOT INSTALLED NOT INSTALLED n MOUNTING OUTPUT FILTERS oss Ma Rio CLAMP 022UF CROSS e 15V Cao 1 wa nes CR23 CR22 a Sor NOT INSTALLED 1 T8 10 560UFT T 560UF 0 OHM id 227 FA 3 777 7 S Y Je o N o Ww n K cris fos 150K T NOT INSTALLED e e Rot 2 8 n C29 1 12 cse 100K 100K Cais 56007 4 7UH seoUF T IP K pu 15A CR24 CR21 Snia Las 10 0 i 40 v 12 9 Sour 4 4 77 o HM ue L e e gt 40VA OUTPUT UV qu ser 5 SHUTDOWN PULSE RENS Gat WIDTH E gt R97 1 zok 089 MODULATOR seour EE SWITCHER na gt gt 50 MOSFET SNUBBER NOT
3. wi Ao 5V u2 Us Uo MICROPROCESSOR 8031 74ALS573 27064 9 31 EANP Poo L39 ADO 2 Di a1 H2 10 Ao Li ADO ADO 2 S ssPE 38 3 D2 02 18 9 12 AD1 3 10K 1 19 37 AD2 4 17 8 A2 3 AD2 AD2 4 36 ADS 5 D4 aa 78 7 5 ADS AD3 5 35 AD4 6 Ds as 5 6 04 16 AD4 6 5V Pos 34 ADS 7 De 15 5 AS os 17 ADS AD5 7 33 AD6 8 13 4 18 AD6 AD6 8 6 D7 Q7 A6 B4 B2 Di R2 10UF 32 AD7 9 12 3 19 0 07 9 10 0K For or IND gt lt gt 3 9 25 10 4 RESET ude gt 5V 21 24 2 0 i A9 gt lt 4 gt 22 oc p P2 1 A10 1 BANDWIDTH R300 12 23 23 Re p 23224 lt 4 gt lt INTO P22 11 BA 2 FILTER lt 3 gt CHOCBUN 24 2 ANN LED ON 3 INPUT 2 14 25 R7 To P2 4 HALF 1 27 26 NC 100 0 4 SPAN UP SPAN 3 n pos 26 ABV nS LED E 20 CE 5 NC poe 27 9 ADO 2 Li R8 22 1 100 0 6 SPAN_DN FILTER 1 Pus po AM gp LED 10K LED 1M BANDWIDTH bi 4 bs gg OZ Ro 100 0 8 LED 100K INPUT Ped ADS 5 o 4 LED LBAND 9 LED FULL SPAN UP us wn 6 ps os 15 R10 100 0 10 LED
4. 6 18 Obtaining Replacement Parts 6 18 Test Selected Components 6 18 Mechanical Disassembly Assembly 6 19 Removal sored i celle oe Serer rte 6 19 Graticule Light Removal and Replacement 6 20 Removalot suisia i eh ce 6 21 Replacing the ur err c etr eee ot alas velt 6 21 Removal of the Rear Panel 6 22 Removal of Front Panel Assembly 6 22 Removing the L Band Tuner 6 23 Removing the 70 MHz Tuner 6 24 Removal and Replacement of the Main Board 6 24 Removal and Replacement of the Power Supply Board 6 25 Removing the LNB Power Supply Board 6 26 REPACKAGING Eee e Stee lel cua ree i RR e 6 27 Options Section 7 Options PET Pee ute 2 7 1 Options on cae perte bite EI Te ED Were deat cs 7 1 Field Upgrade ved Ee enu 7 1 ORDERING m Ini ed pU anie Ue Id MEER AN 7 2 iv 1705A Spectrum Monitor Table of Contents Replaceable Electri
5. 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 900 1900 MHZ L BAND MHZ Figure 2 6 Frequency relationship to horizontal graticule scale center frequency corresponds to the center of the horizontal scale Center Frequency Readout The 1705A is equipped with alphanumeric readout for the CENTER FREQUEN CY This readout works in conjunction with a cursor In FULL SPAN DIV the cursor is actually a bright up zone on the trace See Figure 2 7 Actual position of the readout on the crt can be positioned to a location where it will not interfere with the measurements being made 1705A Spectrum Monitor 2 11 Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com Operating Instructions L REF Tek 1400 10 T Log T od T T m 60 70 6 14111 Figure 2 7 Center frequency cursor and readout for the L Band with FULL SPAN DIV In the magnified or decreased SPAN DIV settings the cursor is an inverted pyramid caret that is directly over the part of the sweep that corresponds to the setting of the front panel CENTER FREQUENCY control See Figure 2 8 Horizontal positioning affects the position of the cursor and the associated al
6. N vl L2 Ros R129 8 4 R123 R50 CR16 4 99K 4 99K 10 0K we gt 5 62K 23 2 H 6 R58 4 11 8V 2K Se HALF INVERSE SPAN J3 R122 U18B 30 11 8V 11 8V 21 10 0K TLO72 gt R301 PNG nons 7 187K R113 R127 Se uno 250 806 0 H2 7406 4 ANN 3 222 R124 lt 5 gt BAND 6 19K R108 Beak als L BAND LINEARITY FULL 9 R125 11 8V GAIN 12 7 ZN 0170 R109 RAMP GENERATOR Re 11 8V ov ws U16B 14 15 R93 Bre 10 2K 11 8V 7 5V 2 7 R303 SPARE JUMPER HOLDERS 1 20 0K Re2 40V J200 J201 J202 J203 2 00K cR32 9 A AA o 11 8V 112 Th th th Th U23A 4 75 R71 3 7406 2 00K so R131 4 2 IFULL 200 0 UL AUF 10 0K 3 R82 R302 5K 18 7K wa R118 0 OHM 6 R70 R105 8 25K C20 E MARKER ak ge m GENERATOR R59 5 R96 20 0K 1 00K R110 e 2 2 10 0K Q7 UI7A R84 OFFSET 11 8V 1 06444 1 00K GAIN HM 100 0K 0 5V R52 7 Z lt 5 gt 54 9K E R36 Reo CR12 Li 2 5K 7 87 U14D 1 Tlo74 4 13 c7t 20 R53 gt MARKER 14 R76 115 0 1 GAIN 12 2 00K 3 177 pss 11 8V 475 hy R38 R88 gt N 20K 1 00K 9 oes 4 MARKER 70 MHz LINEARITY 118V POSITION 20 0K MARKER ws 5V w2
7. Figure 4 1 1705A L Band comb display showing the areas each of the six sweep shaper variable resistors Figure 4 2 Output duty cycle of the pulse width modulator used in the 18 V Power Supply Figure 4 3 Pinout of the CRT Socket cen Un Re Rees dope qe Figure 5 1 Initial equipment connections Figure 5 2 Check time mark graticule alignment Figure 5 3 Output of 50503 connected directly to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT Figure 5 4 Equipment connections for L Band checkout Figure 5 5 Aligning L Band time markers with the graticulelines Figure 5 6 Using the UHF Signal Generator to check L Band Span Division Readout Gain and Elatness Laeti hee esas Ae Re RUE Ne die Figure 5 7 Adjustment locations Figure 5 8 DAC check waveforms used to check Focus Astigmatism Geometry and setting ofthe Trace Rotation Figure 5 9 Location of the shorting strap used when adjusting sweep length Figure 6 1 Using the 1705A menus Figure 6 2 1705A Test menu displayed when Test is the Main menu selection Figure 6 3 1705A CRT display when the NOVRAM Test ha
8. 18dBm L BAND INPUT L BAND 136 MHz IN OUT A6 2nd CONVERTER TUNER paar oF nswan bono RF INPUT lt 1 gt Schematic Diagram lt 2 gt Component Locator Chart The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram Assembly A3 Partial Assembly A3 also shown on Diagrams 1 3 4 and 5 1705 Comp Diag Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Comp Diag Bd No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc C31 G1 H2 C74 F4 L3 L15 G4 L4 R173 E2 J1 C32 H1 H2 L16 B2 M2 C33 G1 C81 G5 L4 L17 E2 R174 E2 J1 C34 H1 C82 G4 14 L18 E2 R175 C4 J4 C35 H1 H4 C83 F5 L5 R181 D2 J1 c85 A2 M2 P5 H1 R182 E3 J2 C36 E3 12 C87 F4 M3 P6 F1 R183 D4 J4 C37 5 13 P10 4 C39 F2 n C88 H4 M5 R187 D3 K1 C41 E2 n C100 G5 L5 Q9 B3 14 R195 E5 L5 42 E2 C101 E2 J1 Q10 B4 14 R196 F4 L4 011 2 J R201 L3 2 J2 CR22 5 4 012 02 J1 R202 F4 L3 C44 C5 J3 CR23 4 013 E2 J1 C45 C5 J3 CR25 5 13 24 H4 M5 R203 F4 L3 C46 B4 J4 CR26 4 25 G4 6 R206 A2 L3 C47 B4 J4 R207 B2 M3 CR27 4 R136 G1 H2 R208 H3 M5 C48 D4 J4 CR28 E4 K4 R137 H1 H3 R218 H4 M6 C50 D2 J2 29 E5 K4 R138 A4 H5 C51 F3 J2 CR30 E5 K4 R141 G1 I3 R219 G3 M6 C52 C5 J3 R145 G1 13 R222 H4 M5 C53 D4 J4 FL1 C2 K1 FL2 B1 J2 R146 G1 I3 Ti 12 C54 E2
9. 4 15 Output Filters Cee aN AK oe Wie RAM ee MA 4 16 Error Amplifier uris ure e eC eR Ae 4 16 Feedback Transformer Driver and Peak 4 16 Output Under Voltage Shutdown 4 16 High Voltage Power Supply Dipta E duse are nce dre tt e te Dara te dA aia ae 4 17 Osc and Etror Amp er rans sor ais uten oce np Seu ee DER qu ete Bet 4 17 Power Supply Outputs 4 18 uus Set e DIR qu 4 18 Gid Drive Circuit auus eo tti bd lentil e th DU ed PR 4 18 TANS AMPIE ehe we trs eR Ure ne eere Dog ewe tu 4 18 Checks and Adjustments Section 5 Checks And Adjustments ue 5 1 Recommended Equipment 5 5 1 Electrical INStruMents o ev PR etm 5 1 Auxiliary Equipment 22222229 Ha m e pe ves 5 2 Performance Chetk AEN HEP E edo ve alae ed 5 3 Short Form Procedute ies merce 5 3 Long Form Procedure 2 1 ett eee eee ee Sag ay e 5 5 Adjustment 5 17 1705A Spectrum Monitor iii Table of Contents Short Form Procedure i od e Rc Ros 5 17 Form Procedure
10. EA eee 5 18 Maintenance 6 Section 6 Maintenance 6 1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 6 1 Cleaning ale Gee a 6 1 Visual Inspe ctOm tierie peret e kr es eR RE er d re Re RE e 6 2 Static Sensitive Components 6 2 Performance Checks and 5 6 3 TROUBLESHOOTING eee 6 3 Diagnostic ROWUMES 2222 22 eb Red Gree ae RR rece a 6 4 Memory TOS ceres eve me artes ead ed rato es 6 5 DAC TOS eo tetro een er eb eee ve eer een ve dur rud 6 7 LED anid Key Tests i e rec ee tees ep ea Were e t e 6 8 Troubleshooting Aids iiss ose e Rm re 6 8 Pages Ion vere eee mer epe Severe te 6 8 Parts Lists o ee Ret re eoe ll abe ee da xd de 6 9 Major Assembly 0 6 10 General Troubleshooting Techniques 6 10 Power Supply Troubleshooting Procedure 6 12 RNA 6 12 Low Volts Supply 2222 6 13 High Volts Supply sereni eter deer e 6 15 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
11. TEST MEMORY DAC LED KEY 1 LI 1 1 gt EXIT 1 Figure 2 10 Using the 1705A menus Main menu is entered from the spectrum display by pressing both SPAN DIV buttons simultaneously NOTE The 1705A must be returned to the normal operating routine before the front panel push button switches perform the label functions Push the INPUT push button as many times as required to bring up the spectrum analyzer display Changing Readout The 1705A readout normally displays the frequency of the L Band or 70 MHz Frequency input signal The L Band input is downconverted signal between 900 to 2000 MHz which by itself does not return meaningful information Because of this it may be easier to display the readout that corresponds to the actual satellite 1705 Spectrum Monitor 2 15 Operating Instructions 2 16 transponder frequency Changing the readout to reflect these frequencies is easily accomplished by selecting the Readout Mode from the Main menu and Offset from the Readout Mode menu which brings up the Offset Adjust menu Selecting Offset allows the readout units to be changed to GHz and the frequency set to a value between 0 9 and 20 Push buttons can be held down for smooth advancement or pushed for each small movement increment Maximum and minimum readout can only be achieved with the CENTER FREQUENCY at the appropriate extreme CENTER FREQUENCY control can change the range
12. 20 3K01 A3R66 322 3346 00 RES FXD MET FILM 39 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3346 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R67 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R68 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R69 322 3326 00 RES FXD FILM 24 3K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 91637 CCF50 2F24301F 70 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A8R71 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 72 322 3273 00 RES FXD MET FILM 6 81K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3273 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A8R73 322 3314 00 RES FXD MET FILM 18 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3314 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 74 322 3244 00 RES FXD FILM 3 4K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3244 00 76 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 77 322 3172 00 RES FXD FILM 604 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 604E 78 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 79 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 80 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY
13. Connect the high voltage probe ground to TP1 Load the Low Volts Supply with the instrument or with a 20Q 2 watt resistor loading the 5 V supply Power up the Power Supply Use the high voltage probe to measure the voltage at the anode of CR4 It should be approximately 2530 V Measure the voltage at the anode end of CR3 It should be 50 150 V more negative than the reading from the anode of CR4 Maintenance CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE CAUTION A 2 RMA flux content solder is recommended for making repairs this instrument Cleaning of rosin residue is not recommended Most cleaning solvents tend to reactivate the rosin and spread it under components where it may cause corrosion under humid conditions The rosin residue if left alone does not exhibit these corrosive properties NOTE No repair should be attempted during the warranty period Obtaining Replacement Parts Test Selected Components Replacement parts are available through the local Tektronix Inc field office or representative However many common electronic parts are available through local sources Using a local source where possible will eliminate shipping delays Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available and to improve circuit performance Therefore it is important to include the following information when ordering parts 1 Part Number 2 Instrument
14. b ADJUST R99 5V ADJ for 5 0 V 0 5 5 18 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments CRT GEOM ASTIG BIAS R45 _ 58 a af Figure 5 7 Adjustment locations 1705A Spectrum Monitor 2 Adjust CRT Bias a Turn the INTENSITY control fully counterclockwise b ADJUST R58 CRT BIAS so that the display is just extinguished Set INTENSITY control for a useable display R89 S O O 52 ce4 R48 7 7 R56 Qce2 R4 Wa R57 R175 7 R176 7 R35 7 i R82 R51 R81 r4 R3e 7 R75 113 7 R58 resid ret 68 CAUTION MAINS VOLTAGE 15 W1 45V 15V 40 R232 2 R239 met A3 MAIN BD A1 PWR SPLY BD Checks and Adjustments 5 20 3 Adjust Geometry Focus and Astigmatism Display the DAC test pattern by completing parts a through c a Press both the 1705A SPAN DIV buttons simultaneously to display the Main Menu Press either SPAN DIV button to move the cursor to TEST then press the INPUT button to display the TEST menu Press either SPAN DIV button to move the cursor to DAC then press the INPUT button to display the DAC test pattern Set the front panel FOCUS control so that it is approximately at the center of its rotation ADJUST R45 GEOM for 35V 1V at pin 1 of J3 ADJUST R11 CTR FOCUS and R49
15. 80009 322 3097 00 IAL T amp R SMALL BODY 1863 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 64 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY 1 65 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY 1 66 322 3452 00 RES FXD FILM 499K OHM 1 0 2W TC TO 91037 CCF50 2 G4993FT 1867 322 3001 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3001 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A1R68 322 3121 00 RES FXD MET FILM 178 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3121 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1869 322 3289 07 RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 0 1 0 2W TC T9 T amp R SM BODY 80009 322 3289 07 1870 322 3289 07 RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 0 1 0 2W TC T9 T amp R SM BODY 80009 322 3289 07 A1R71 322 3418 00 RES FXD MET FILM 221K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 221K IAL T amp R SM BODY A1R72 322 3001 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3001 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A1R73 322 3001 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3001 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A1R74 322 3260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 4K99 1875 322 3260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K 1 0 2 0 57668 CRB20 FXE 4K99 1876 322 3248 00 RES FXD FILM 3 74K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 80009 322 3248 00 1877 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC
16. 81 311 2235 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 10K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 80009 311 2235 00 ADJUST T amp R 83 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 19 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3R84 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 85 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 86 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY 87 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 88 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 89 311 2236 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 20K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 20K SQ SIDE ADJUST T amp R 90 322 3246 00 RES FXD FILM 3 57K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3246 00 A3R91 322 3335 00 RES FXD FILM 30 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 20 30 1 92 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K 1 0 2 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R93 322 3290 00 RES FXD FILM 10 2K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 80009 322 3290 00 94 322 3226 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2 21K OHM 1 0 2W T
17. FRONT PANEL amp 18V SUPPLY 6 2 2 VIDEO RESOLUTION FILTER FILTER RESOLUTION 05129 INPUT DS112A DS129A BAND DS144A S109 S128 1 BANDWIDTH 1 TA FILTER BANDWIDTH LED_ON LED LED_LBAND 9 L9 FILTER Bee INPUT MAN 5V 45V SPAN UP 6 6 5 RESOLUTION 03130 7 SPAN DN 6 FILTER INPUT Sis 10 KHz DSi29C 70 MHz DS144C a LED 1M ux LED 100K 8 LED 10K LED 70M 48 LED FULL CM e 15 X LED 10M 30 9 9 SPANDV LED LBAND 6 LED_70M 12 05319 08825 03337 8348 i SPAN DIV SPAN DIV SPAN DIV SPAN DIV LED 13 vA 100 KHz 7 DS319A 1MHz 2 pssiec 10 MHz FULL psstea 3 SPAN DN 3 SPAN UP m OT t 1 7B LED 100K LED 1M LED 10M LED FULL NC 15 LED_ON N AT FOCUS ae SCALE 19 227 S SPD NOTE OLD LED PART REFERENCE Rs4S INTENS NUMBERS SILKSCREENED ON BOARD 357K AND IN PARTS LIST H_POSN 25 R444 2 INTENS 24 20K SWEEP SPEED NC 25 NC 26 27 NOT INSTALLED 11 8V 4 6 4 4 L 7 A VERTICAL R528 V_POSN POSITION 20K DS112B DS112C DS129B DS144B 1 11 8V 4 8 2 say 53198 093190 4 DS319F 10 TURN 1 HORIZONTAL R511 H_POSN TRACE ROTATE CENTER POSITION 20K ROTATION FREQUENCY 11 8V A2 FRONT PANEL BOARD GND FROM
18. Once a directional coupler is installed a whole series of checks can be made including presence of the proper carriers and an indication of the modulation level More detail can be found in the Tektronix Television booklet Television Operational Measurements Video and RF for NTSC Systems 1705A Spectrum Monitor Introduction DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR Figure 1 9 Up link Video Exciter Up converter and High Power Amplifier HPA showing how to hook up a 1705A Spectrum Monitor to look at the Video Exciter output In addition to the other measurements that can be made a quick check of HPA antenna and transponder as a system can be made by comparing the exciter output using the 70 MHz input to the incoming signal from the down link using the L Band Input by simply switching between inputs See Figure 1 10 Miscellaneous Uses for the 1705A 1705A Spectrum Monitor The 1705A Spectrum Monitor 70 MHz band covers a frequency range from 45 to 100 MHz at center screen The low VHF television channels and major portion of the FM broadcast band are within the frequency range of the 1705A If a spectrum monitoring application within this band of frequencies exists the 1705A can easily be used Introduction Ku BAND 12 GHZ L BAND 900 1450 MHZ UP CONVERTER 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR DIRECTIONAL COUPLER RECEIVER Figure 1 10 1705A hooked up t
19. 2 5 85 1 R25 5 C4 D6 R302 3 G3 U23A 3 H5 C14 8 65 02 FL2 2 J2 5 05 01 R81 3 62 F5 R139 4 Bi R194 4 C2 K5 R303 3 U23B 3 C5 H5 C15 3 G5 C71 2 12 2 FA Q4 3 B4 R26 5 D2 R82 3 F5 R140 4 Bi 8195 2 15 C72 2 12 2 FA M4 Q5 3 R27 5 R83 3 F5 R141 2 Gi R196 2 FA 14 R304 3 G1 U23C 3 B2 H5 C16 5 C78 2 FA 13 R28 5 R84 3 E3 F5 R142 3 A2 16 R197 4 G2 15 R305 1 G5 P6 U23D 2 A4 H5 C17 5 D2 C74 2 FA 1 M 5 A2 2 Q6 3 05 F3 R29 5 H4 R85 3 04 F6 R143 3 B1 6 R198 4 F5 16 R306 1 H5 P6 U23E 2 A4 H5 C18 3 G5 D3 C77 3 G5 16 J2 5 85 D2 07 3 H3 R30 4 ES R307 1 H5 06 U23F 2 H5 C19 3 F5 D3 J3 3 B2 as 3 R86 3 D3 F6 R144 3 B2 6 R199 4 F4 L6 R308 4 K5 U24A 3 B2 15 C20 3 83 C78 4 02 16 Q9 2 4 R31 3 FA R87 3 E3 F6 R145 2 R200 4 F5 16 C79 3 F5 16 4 A3 H1 910 2 BA M R32 3 F4 R88 3 E4 F6 R146 2 Gi R201 2 13 R309 4 K5 U24B 3 21 3 05 1 J5 2 H4 R33 3 Gi R89 3 C5 F2 R147 2 B5 R202 2 FA 18 U25 2 1 C22 4 C5 G2 C81 2 G5 14 2 nm 2 R34 3 Gi R90 8 05 F3 R148 2 B5 M R203 2 13 Tl 2 192 U26A 4 4 J5 C23 4 c5 G2 C82 2 14 07 4 012 2 D2
20. 169 322 3044 00 RES FXD MET FILM 28 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE9K35 IAL T amp R SM BODY 170 322 3184 00 RES FXD FILM 806 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 806E A8R171 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R172 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY A8R173 322 3181 00 RES FXD FILM 750 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3181 00 174 322 3224 00 RES FXD FILM 2 1K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 91637 CCF50 2F21000F 175 311 2227 00 RES VAR NONWW TRMR 100 OHM 20 0 5W LIN TK1450 GFO6UT 100 176 311 2238 00 5 VAR TRMR CERMET 50K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 50 SQ SIDE ADJUST T amp R 177 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 178 308 0549 00 RES FXD WW 6 3K OHM 1 3W 80009 308 0549 00 179 308 0549 00 RES FXD WW 6 3K OHM 1 3W 80009 308 0549 00 A3R180 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 81 322 3085 00 RES FXD MET FILM 75 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 CRB20FXE 75 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R182 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 183 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY
21. 2 T 0150 T 015UF R52 Q10 5 10UF R55 10 0 13 22 R38 sour 22 20K C28 4 777 Raa asta L 777 E 400K 470 id 5 AUF WIRE 1 1 71 lt t 2194 777 CODES 94 o 5 ZN 032 ZA H R57 Q J3 54V 224 40VA R53 6 1 777 o 100 WHT BLK RED R39 5 4 R40 R30 R29 470 051 WHT BLUE pu mi vas 10K SI 10K 47 2 R54 4 99K R56 WHT GRN 6 Nt wt 1 100 0 2 4 4 WHT GRAY 12 1st ANODE ca ces O1UF T O1UF 4UF 053 R42 R51 01 FIL2 777 150K 4 99K AUF 3 77 il L190 6 1 777 i BRN RED NC 5 2 CATHODE R12 470 NC 3 2530 WHT RED 1 14 2L 5 WHT BRN 0 WHT BLK 27 10 0 n 7 It 5 5 1 ber 12 95 1 1 04 2 155 2 HORIZONTAL 1 5M 8 199 8 DEFLECTION 1w 192 4 1 6 4 4 J3 H4 1 gt 1 GREEN a 2 12 RED lt 4 gt 100V 8 2213 CR2 1 4 R11 2 1 2 5 sors 25M 44 3 6 16 100V R2 O du 9 41 7 22177 Z AXIS nss 22M ius 5 5 22 475 5 1 2W 6 1 6 a AMPLIFIER AUF center 7 lt 4 gt R36 FOCUS ES VERTICAL 2 00K DEFLECTION 2200PF M A10 CRT SOCKET BOARD 11 15 R31 R41 R23 9 100K 178 NOT INSTALLED 1 7 D 100V R34 1 5M 1UF 2 00K FOCU S 1W R7 Q4 s T fook m AMPLIFIER 100 100 3 74K ZS ANN 45
22. 80009 174 2168 00 Qio 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY FRONT PANEL SEE A2 REPL MOUNTING PARTS 10 211 0721 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 83486 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 11 426 2101 04 1 FRAME SECT CAB FRONT 80009 426 2101 04 MOUNTING PARTS 12 211 0721 00 3 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 83486 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 13 1 SW PUSH 0 4A 125VAC W SLDR LUG BTN W YEL SEE 51 REPL MOUNTING PARTS 14 210 0405 00 2 NUT PLAIN HEX 2 56 X 0 188 BRS PL 73743 12157 50 15 211 0100 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 750 PNH STL 83385 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 16 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN SEE A3 REPL MOUNTING PARTS 17 211 0721 00 6 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 83486 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 18 196 3146 00 7 FLEXSTRIP SINGLE JUMPER 1 0 L 15912 FSN LA 19 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY GRATICULE LIGHT SEE A3A1 REPL 20 337 3428 00 1 BOARD PC 80009 337 3428 00 50 ze 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY POWER SUPPLY SEE A1 REPL MOUNTING PARTS 22 211 0721 00 B041072 7 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 83486 ORDER BY DESCR 22 211 0721 00 B041073 6 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 83486 ORDER BY DESCR 23 337 3796 01 1 SHIELD ELEC 0 032 BRASS C26000 0 5 HARD 80009 337 3796 01 24 211 0016 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 625 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 25 131 3573 00 1 CONN PLUG ELEC MALE W LOCKING ADAPTER 80126
23. 835 3 Gi ES U26B 4 4 5 C24 4 05 G2 J8 4 2 E Jt R91 3 C5 R149 2 A3 R204 4 02 16 Ui 5 03 U27 4 C2 K5 C25 3 2 15 1 F2 014 4 FA R36 3 05 R92 3 F2 R150 2 R205 1 M2 C84 4 02 M6 Q15 4 G4 J6 R37 3 R93 3 R151 3 B1 6 R206 2 A2 13 5 Di 128 2 12 26 4 85 G2 C85 2 A2 2 2 E4 R38 3 B4 E6 R94 3 F4 R152 4 B1 6 R207 2 B2 5 B5 u29 2 E4 13 C27 4 85 G2 C87 2 FA Jt 1 G5 Mi aie 4 G4 K6 R39 3 62 E2 R95 3 01 F5 R153 2 F2 1 R208 2 H3 M5 U4 5 D3 B6 U30A 4 E 15 C28 4 A5 G2 C88 2 M5 2 4 H2 017 4 FA R40 3 G2 2 R209 4 02 16 U5 5 65 US0B 4 E 15 C29 3 1 C5 1 4 H2 Q18 4 FA 16 R96 3 C3 F5 R154 2 F2 2 R210 4 1 U6 5 G2 us0c 4 4 L5 C30 3 3 H1 4 A4 019 4 F4 16 R41 3 B4 E2 R97 3 F6 8155 2 BA R211 4 16 C91 1 FA P5 Q20 1 C5 R42 3 B4 R98 3 c2 F6 8156 2 R212 4 F2 16 5 F2 ust 2 B3 12 C31 2 G1 H2 C92 3 Gi G4 J22 4 a n R43 3 D4 R99 4 C5 01 R157 2 B4 M U7B 5 ES B4 U32 2 G4 14 C32 2 H2 4 J23 4 A M 21 1 2 R44 3 B4 R100 4 B5 Gi R158 3 5 R213 4 F3 16 U7C 5 E B4 4 02 M6 C33 2 Gi J100 3 G5 022 4 F2 6 R45 3 E4 R214 1
24. FL3 F4 M4 R147 85 13 C55 D2 J1 FL4 F4 M4 R148 B5 14 022 G1 H3 C56 D4 J4 R149 A3 U23D A4 H5 C57 D4 J4 J5 H1 H4 R150 A4 14 U23E A4 H5 C58 D4 J4 J6 F1 12 U23F A3 H5 J10 E3 K3 R153 F2 1 025 1 J3 C59 D2 K1 R154 F2 12 C60 D2 K1 L1 B5 14 R155 B4 14 028 12 C61 E3 K2 12 5 13 R156 B3 029 4 13 C62 D5 K3 L3 B4 l4 R157 B4 031 12 C63 2 K1 14 2 1 U32 G4 L4 L5 C5 J4 R163 E2 C64 D5 K3 R164 E2 VR3 G1 12 C66 D5 K3 L6 D2 K1 R165 F2 12 C67 D5 K4 17 D4 K4 R166 F2 12 W13 B3 J2 C68 E4 L4 L8 D4 R167 B4 15 C69 B3 L1 L9 D5 K4 Y2 E2 J1 L10 E5 K4 R169 E2 Y3 5 J3 4 L3 R170 F2 J2 Y4 D5 71 12 L11 B3 L1 R171 B4 J4 C72 A3 L2 L12 B3 L1 R172 D4 J4 C73 L3 L14 F4 L3 FL2 VISUAL AID TOP VIEW TOP VIEW 11 8V 1 6 025 VISUAL AID 2 5 TOP VIEW R136 150 0 VRS 1 4 2 4 6 8 62V NOTE PINS 13 16 ARE THE MOUNTING PINS FOR THE PART TEST o
25. 184 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 185 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 186 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 187 322 3134 00 RES FXD FILM 243 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3134 00 188 322 3269 02 RES FXD FILM 6 19K OHM 0 2W 5 80009 322 3269 02 189 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 190 322 3281 00 RES FXD MET FILM 8 25K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3281 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R191 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R192 322 3128 00 RES FXD FILM 210 OHM 196 0 2W TC TO MI SMALL BODY 57668 CRB20FXE210E A3R193 322 3128 00 RES FXD FILM 210 OHM 196 0 2W TC TO MI SMALL BODY 57668 20 210 194 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R195 322 3177 02 RES FXD FILM 681 OHM 0 5 0 2W TC T2 80009 322 3177 02 196 322 3148 00 RES FXD FILM 340 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 91637 CCF50 2F340RO0F 197 322 3376 00 RES FXD FILM 80 6K 1 0 2 0 80009 322 3376 00 A3R198 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM B
26. END ATTACHED PARTS A2R419 311 2287 00 RES VAR NONWW PNL 20K OHM 10 0 5W 12697 45210 A2R428 311 2540 00 RES VAR PNL CP 20K OHM 20 0 5W LINEAR W 12697 311 2540 00 GROUNDING LUG 0 5 IN DIA ATTACHED PARTS 214 4725 00 SPRING COMPRESSION SPRING 0 026 302 STAINLESS 8 345 214 4725 00 STEEL 0 313 0 0A0 366 1701 01 KNOB GY 0 127 ID X 0 392 OD 0 4 80009 366 1701 01 END ATTACHED PARTS A2R444 311 2540 00 RES 20 OHM 20 0 5W LINEAR W 12697 311 2540 00 GROUNDING LUG 0 5 IN DIA ATTACHED PARTS 214 4725 00 SPRING COMPRESSION SPRING 0 026 302 STAINLESS 8 345 214 4725 00 STEEL 0 313 0 0A0 366 1701 01 KNOB GY 0 127 ID X 0 392 OD X 0 4 80009 366 1701 01 END ATTACHED PARTS A2R511 311 2540 00 RES VAR PNL CP 20K OHM 20 0 5W LINEAR W 12697 311 2540 00 GROUNDING LUG 0 5 IN DIA ATTACHED PARTS 214 4725 00 SPRING COMPRESSION SPRING 0 026 302 STAINLESS 8 345 214 4725 00 STEEL 0 313 0 0A0 366 1701 01 KNOB GY 0 127 ID X 0 392 OD X 0 4 80009 366 1701 01 END ATTACHED PARTS A2R528 311 2540 00 RES VAR PNL CP 20K OHM 20 0 5W LINEAR W 12697 311 2540 00 GROUNDING LUG 0 5 IN DIA ATTACHED PARTS 214 4725 00 SPRING COMPRESSION SPRING 0 026 302 STAINLESS 8 345 214 4725 00 STEEL 0 313 0 0A0 366 1701 01 KNOB GY 0 127 ID X 0 392 OD X 0 4 80009 366 1701 01 END ATTACHED PARTS 25109 260 2300 00 SW PUSH SPST 25MA 15VAC 34361 1152 ATTACHED PARTS 366 0616 00 PUSH BTN 0 585 X 0 3 X 0 150 80009
27. M2 5 C34 2 C100 2 G5 L5 J101 3 Di 15 023 4 F2 8101 4 C5 01 R159 3 5 215 1 M2 5 E1 VCO 1 FA P5 C35 2 2 4200 3 F1 024 2 5 R46 3 B4 R102 3 C5 G3 R160 3 6 R216 1 M2 C102 4 B4 12 Q25 2 G4 M6 R47 3 G4 R103 3 C5 R161 3 B1 6 R217 1 c5 Mi ug 5 F1 1 3 G2 G4 C36 2 ES J201 3 B3 R48 3 R104 3 H3 G3 R162 4 16 R218 2 1 10 5 VR2 3 64 C37 2 B5 CR1 5 C3 B6 J202 3 F1 Q26 4 F2 R49 3 R105 3 R163 2 8219 2 Utt 5 vrs 2 G1 2 B5 CR2 3 F2 E2 4203 3 B3 F2 027 4 F2 R50 3 F2 R220 4 F2 6 U12A 5 C39 2 F2 M 3 E4 9300 5 028 4 G2 106 3 G3 R164 2 2 R221 4 G2 U12B 5 Wi 5 01 C40 3 6 3 J414 5 05 029 4 G2 N6 R51 3 Gi E5 R107 3 Gi G4 R165 2 F2 2 w2 3 FA CR5 3 Gi 4 1 05 R52 3 B3 E6 R108 3 G2 G4 R166 2 F2 2 R222 2 5 U13A 3 3 E4 E5 C41 2 E MH CR6 3 E4 2 B5 M R53 8 E6 R109 3 02 G5 R167 2 15 R223 4 F2 U13B 3 04 3 6 C42 2 E 12 2 B5 931 1 05 06 854 3 05 F2 R110 3 G5 R168 4 4 16 R224 4 F2 6 U13C 3 05 3 F2 F4 C43 2 F2 J2 3 F4 13 2 BA Q32 1 FA
28. Ra V1 TUBE SOCKET ae M VISUAL AID R33 C10 13 0K 4 50 R28 37 4K g3 FOCUS ASTIG g4 BOARD CAP R5 R37 1 5M GEOM g5 221 g1 GRID 195 R21 NOT INSTALLED 9 Cathode VERT PLATE y2 18 261 26 1K 0 Filament f Filament VERT PLATE y1 x1 HORIZ PLATE R24 100 92 1st ANODE HORIZ PLATE x2 7 Focus See parts list for earier values and serial number ranges PART OF A1 POWER SUPPLY 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR HIGH VOLTS POWER SUPPLY lt 8 gt SSS Replaceable Mechanical Parts Section 10 Replaceable Mechanical Parts This section contains a list of the components that are replaceable for the 1705A Use this list to identify and order replacement parts There is a separate Replaceable Mechanical Parts list for each instrument Parts Ordering Information Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements Therefore when ordering parts it is important to include the following information in your order Part number Instrument type or model number Instrument serial number Instrument modification number if applicable If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part your
29. Rat ZAXIS TANE NY R44 475 gt lt 4 gt 9 3 01K 3 R31 N 4 99K 5V 2 5 5V hille 77 9 CONTROL T T lw CA3046 CA3046 8 _ 1 46 10 0K 02 4 6 9 lt 5 gt 118V 1 7 0 R79 20 0K 11 8V set C18 i 1UF AUF U13C TUF 046 77 11 8V 11 8V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5 C15 a Cm AUF aur T AUF AUF R90 3 57K beni T de 11 8V 11 8V 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR eror nswan bono SWEEP GENERATOR lt 3 gt Schematic Diagram lt 4 gt Component Locator Chart The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram Assembly A3 Partial Assembly A3 also shown on Diagrams 1 2 3 and 5 Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Bd No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc C22 C5 G2 029 G2 N6 R209 D2 L6 C23 C5 G2 C24 D5 G2 R30 R210 01 M6 C26 B5 G2 R77 D5 F2 R211 F3 L6 C27 B5 G2 R99 C5 R212 F2 16 R100 B5 G1 R213 F3 L6 C28 5 2 R101 C5 R220 F2 M6 C65 G4 K6 C78 D2 L6 R111 B5 G1 R221 G2 M6 D2 M6 116 B5 G2 R223 F2 N5 C93 C1 R134 5 H1 R224 F2 M6 C102 B4 2 8135 2 5 R225 F2 N6 R139 B1 H6 R226 G2 N5 CR9 D5 F2 CR10 D5 F2 R140 B1 H6 R227 G2 N5 CR17 B5 G2 152 B1 l6 R228 G2 N6 CR18 B5 G2 R162 D4 l6 R229 F1 N6 R168 D4 16 R230 G1 N6 J4 H1 R176 C1 J5
30. V1 154 0995 00 CRT FINISHED D14 375GH 995 SAFETY CONTROLLED 80009 154 0995 00 STANDARD ONLY V1 154 0995 16 CRT FINISHED D14 375WA 995 SAFETY CONTROLLED 80009 154 0995 16 OPTION 74 ONLY W698 174 0800 00 ASSY SP ELEC 5 24 AWG 22 25 L RBN 80009 174 0800 00 CONECTED AT A4J698 A3J21 A3J22 A3J23 AND 5100 W890 174 2646 00 CA ASSY RF 50 OHM COAX 2 5 L W SMB BOTH ENDS 80009 174 2646 00 CONNECTED FROM 9 A5J890 W900 174 2645 00 CA ASSY RF 50 OHM COAX 8 0 L W CONN 80009 174 2645 00 CONNECTED FROM A3J11 TO A6 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 29 Replaceable Electrical Parts 8 30 1705A Spectrum Monitor a er Aa Diagrams Circuit Board Illustrations Diagrams Circuit Board Illustrations Symbols Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Y32 2 1975 Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32 14 1973 in terms of positive logic Logic symbols depict the logic function performed and may differ from the manufacturer s data Overline parenthesis or leading slash indicate a low asserting state Example ID CONTROL ID CONTROL or CONTROL Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1 1 1972 Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix Inc are Y14 15 1966 Drafting Practices Y14 2 1973 Line Conventions and Lettering Y10 5 1968 Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and Electrical Engineering American National Standard Institute
31. 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 5 101 102 IAL MI 87 283 0599 02 CAP FXD MICA DI 98PF 526 500V 09023 CDA10FD980J03 88 281 0809 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 200 PF 5 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 101 201 A3C89 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A3C90 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 1076 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI A3C91 290 0920 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 33UF 50 20 35WVDC 55680 UVX1H330MAA 92 281 0864 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 430PF 5 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 SA101A431JAA A3C93 281 0765 00 CAP FXD CER DI 100PF 5 100V 04222 SA102A101JAA 100 281 0812 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 1000PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 SA101C102KAA IAL MI A3C101 281 0904 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 12PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 80009 281 0904 00 A3C102 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A3CR1 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 2 152 0501 01 DIO SIG FAST RCVRY 70V 200MA 100NS COM 80009 152 0501 01 ANODE MSD6150 TO 92 TR 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 5 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R A3CR6 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80
32. C41 C42 C43 C44 C45 C46 No NNONN NE 00 D1 B1 B1 F2 F2 F3 F2 G2 D1 F3 G2 G3 G2 E4 F4 E4 D3 C4 D2 D4 C5 Bd Loc E4 E2 1 2 F4 F4 G3 G3 G4 G4 G4 H4 l4 J4 13 14 4 Comp Diag Diag No C47 C48 C49 C50 C51 C52 C53 C54 C55 C56 C57 C58 C59 C60 C61 Ce2 C63 C65 C66 CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 No NNNNN NNNNN NNNNN DONN 4 D3 C4 E3 C2 E3 B2 B2 B3 B4 B5 D4 E1 E1 B2 E2 D4 E2 C2 Bd Loc J3 J4 J2 J2 J2 12 M2 H3 M3 N5 J2 J3 J4 14 H1 G1 F4 E2 B1 B3 B1 B2 Comp Diag Diag No CR5 CR6 CR7 CR9 CR10 CR11 CR12 CR13 CR14 CR15 CR16 CR17 CR18 CR19 CR20 CR21 CR22 CR23 CR24 CR25 No NNNNN lt lt 0000 00 D2 E2 C2 C2 C1 F1 F2 F2 F3 E2 E4 D5 E2 D2 B3 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 Bd Loc D4 D4 E4 G2 G2 G1 G2 G3 G5 l4 12 12 K3 L4 L4 L4 L4 J2 Comp Diag Diag No CR26 CR27 CR28 CR29 CR30 CR31 DS1 DS2 DS3 DS4 F1 FIL1 FIL2 J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J10 J11 No ooNNNN N ONNNNON Loc F4 D3 G4 4 E2 E2 E3 D2 B2 5 F2 H3 H1 F4 Bd Loc H4 J1
33. R17 C6 U7D F3 B4 Ji A2 A2 R18 J2 B5 D2 R19 B5 D2 U8 E1 C3 J300 C2 AG R20 5 01 ug 1 C4 J414 D5 A3 U10 G3 D3 R21 C5 D1 Uti C4 C6 P300 R23 5 2 U12A H4 D3 R24 5 D2 U12B H4 D3 Q1 B5 D1 R25 06 Q2 B5 E1 R26 H3 02 wi D1 C4 Q3 D5 D1 9100 D1 R27 H3 E3 Yi 01 5 R28 H4 D3 R1 4 R29 H4 E3 R2 2 4 1705 Jt CONNECTS TO J303 Ht 6 A2 FRONT PANEL BOARD 5B eB 7A 7B 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 1B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 8031 ONLY 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR REV JUL 1994
34. R48 F4 E4 R104 H3 G3 U14D E3 F5 CR2 F2 E2 R49 F3 E4 U16A G4 F3 4 R50 F2 4 R105 H3 G3 U16B F2 F3 CR4 G3 4 R106 G3 G3 CR5 G1 E4 R51 G1 E5 R107 G1 G4 U16C G2 F3 CR6 E4 52 E6 R108 G2 G4 U16D G3 F3 R53 B3 E6 R109 D2 G5 U17A C3 F6 CR7 F3 F4 R54 D5 F2 U17B C1 F6 CR8 4 F6 R55 G3 E3 R110 D3 G5 U17C C2 F6 R112 G5 CR12 5 56 G3 F4 C2 G5 U17D C2 F6 CR13 G2 G4 R57 F4 E4 R117 H3 G3 U18A 1 G5 R58 F2 E5 R118 H3 G3 U18B E2 G5 CR14 G3 F3 R59 B3 E6 U20A D2 G5 CR15 H1 G4 R60 D3 E5 R119 H1 G3 U20B D2 G5 CR16 H2 H4 R120 H1 G4 CR19 H3 G3 R61 C4 E6 R121 G2 G4 U20C 1 G5 CR20 C5 H5 R62 D3 F6 R122 E2 G4 U20D 01 G5 R63 D3 E6 R123 E2 G5 U23A C3 H5 CR21 A2 H6 R64 D4 E6 U23B 5 5 CR24 B1 16 65 2 2 R124 E2 G5 U23C B2 5 CR32 G3 G4 R125 E2 G5 R66 G3 F3 R126 D1 G6 U24A B2 15 J3 B2 G6 R67 G4 F4 R127 c2 G6 U24B B1 15 J100 C1 G5 R68 G4 F4 R128 C1 G6 J101 D1 15 R69 F4 F4 VR1 G2 G4 J200 A3 F1 R70 F3 F4 R129 C2 G6 VR2 G4 F3 J201 B3 F1 R131 H3 H3 R71 F3 F4 R132 H1 H3 w2 F4 E4 J202 B3 F1 R72 G4 F4 R142 A2 l6 w3 E4 E5 J203 B3 F2 R73 F2 F4 R143 B1 16 w4 E6 R74 F2 F4 w5 F2 F4 P3 B2 R75 F2 E5 R144 B2 l6 P100 C1 R151 B1 16 W6 F2 G4 P101 D1 R76 G3 F3 R158 A1 15 7 F2 G4 R78 D5 R159 Al 15 w10 B1 16 Q4 B4 F3 R79 E5 F3 R160 Al 16 5 C4 F3 R80 F3 F4 Q6 D5 F3 R81 G2 F5
35. Spectrum Display Characteristic Frequency Range L Band 70 MHz Frequency Span L Band Full 10 MHz Division 1 MHz Division 100 kHz Division 70 MHz Full 1 MHz Division 100 kHz Division Span Div Accuracy Flatness Maximum Signal Input Minimum Signal Input Relative Amplitude Accuracy Sweep Length Sweep Speed Positioning Range Vertical Horizontal Displayed Frequencies in FULL SPAN DIV L BAND 900 1900 MHz 70 MHz 45 100 MHz Frequency Readout 1 4 Performance Check Requirements Supplemental Information Step 950 to 1800 MHz F type connector 45 to 100 MHz connector 10 Horiz Div Equals 1000 MHz 100 MHz 10 MHz 1 MHz 10 Horiz Div Equals 50 MHz 10 MHz 1 MHz Typically 0 5 minor Division 4 5 10 11 Brightup offset by 1 Division in FULL 11 SPAN DIV should still come on screen in the next magnified position L Band 5 dB from center 1400 MHZ 22 70 2 dB from center 70 MHz L Band 30 dBm 75Q 70 MHz 20 dBm 759 ee 8 L Band only Typically 1 dB 100 MHz 3 dB 100 MHz Divisions all SPANS DIV settings and 3 Divisions and 2 Divisions Grat Mid Grat Right Grat Edge Line Edge 900 1400 1900 45 70 95 Center Frequency shown by time sharing graphic readout Exact posi tion on the trace of the center frequen cy shown by a caret in all spans except FULL 17
36. This provides a means of looking at the signals from either Ku or C Band satellites The second input is identified as 70 MHz and accepts signals from 45 to 100 MHz This second input is primarily designed to work with the IF frequency of an exciter but can also be used to look at signals in the low VHF television band and the FM broadcast band up to 100 MHz 1705A Spectrum Monitor 1 11 Introduction L Band Input Signals At the present time there are numerous satellites in geostationary orbit The transponders on each have specific assigned functions which makes it essential to accomplish at least four things before illuminating a particular transponder 1 Locate a satellite 2 Identify the satellite 3 Find the transponder and check availability with the satellite operator 4 Optimize signal strength and polarization Once a satellite is located and a particular transponder is identified the 1705A frequency readout can be set so that the entire range of transponder frequencies can be read directly from the 1705A display As it is shipped from the factory the 1705A provides a readout in MHz for both bands However the 1705A has several customizing routines that can be used to tailor displays for ease of operation In particular the Readout Mode routine provides for frequency offset so that the frequency displayed on the crt is the actual frequency of the trans ponder down link The readout can be set to indicate any 1 10 GHz b
37. U32 Q20 R217 033 R228 R291 C290 L389 L391 C90 R232 C292 L393 R393 R293 A5 70 MHz Tuner Board R233 R234 R236 031 295 R391 R392 C395 Q32 C91 Q30 R237 R239 R240 Schematic Diagram lt 1 gt Component Locator Chart The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram Assembly and 5 Partial Assembly also shown on Diagrams 2 1705A 3 4 and 5 Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Comp Diag Bd No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc A3 5 1193 2 C1 L195 B2 C1 C80 C4 L1 C100 C4 L197 B2 D1 C89 C5 M1 C102 D4 L280 C2 Al C91 F4 C109 D1 L284 B1 C180 CR31 C4 M2 181 B3 Al L389 2 2 L391 2 C2 J9 F2 K3 C185 B3 B1 L393 E2 C2 J11 G5 M1 C192 2 1 194 B2 C1 R181 C3 1 020 C5 M1 C196 B2 D1 R182 C3 1 021 C4 M2 C198 A2 R183 C3 Al Q30 D5 R184 1 Q31 D5 199 B2 01 279 03 A2 Q32 05 C279 D3 A2 0101 G5 Pe C281 D3 R281 1 282 A2 R291 2 C1 R205 C283 B3 R292 C2 C1 R214 M2 R293 C2 R215 B4 M2 C284 B2 R297 B2 01 R216 C4 M2 C285 D3 A2 R217 c5 1 C286 D3 A2 R298 B2 D1 C290 E2 B2 R299 A2 D1 R233 c5 C292 2 2 R391 2 2 R234 05 05 8392 2 c2 R235 05 C295 02 C1 R393 D2 c2 R236 D5 C298 D1 D1 R398 D1 D2 R237 D4 299 D1 01 C389 F2 B2 T187 2 B1 R238 G5 O6
38. for a sweep length of 10 major Divisions Use the 60 horizontal graticule line as the reference c Remove the shorting strap 1705A Spectrum Monitor 5 21 Checks and Adjustments 5 22 7 Adjust Readout Position Display the DAC test pattern by completing parts a through c a Press both the 1705A SPAN DIV buttons simultaneously to display the Main Menu Press either SPAN DIV button to move the cursor to TEST then press the INPUT button to display the TEST menu Press either SPAN DIV button to move the cursor to DAC then press the INPUT button to display the DAC test pattern ADJUST R27 and R29 HORIZ and VERT POSN READOUT for a display crossing at the crt center Exit the DAC test pattern by first pressing the INPUT button to display the TEST menu Press either SPAN DIV button to move the cursor to EXIT then press the INPUT button twice to return to a normal display 8 Adjust 360 119 8 MHz L O NOTE Use an insulated tool for the following adjustments Adjust the VERTICAL POSITION control so that the crt trace is on the 70 graticule reference line Connect the signal generator to J11 480 MHz IF Input Set the output Frequency for 489 7 MHz and the Amplitude to 40 dBm Select 300 kHz RESOLUTION Set C55 to full mesh C69 to 1 8 mesh and L4 to the top of the coil three slug threads visible ADJUST FL1 for maximum signal three screws beginning at the outside adjustment screw If n
39. observing the signal strength on the 1705A Spectrum Monitor At this time one or both satellite polarizations will be observed but the received signal may not be a viewable picture for a picture monitor 9 The polarization must be adjusted in a transmit receive system by rotating the antenna feed to minimize the undesired cross polarized signal WARNING This adjustment requires a spectrum monitor and should not be attempted using a receiver and picture monitor alone Any mis adjustment will put the transmit signal on the wrong satellite transponder and create interfer ence with another user Furthur access to the satellite may be denied As the antenna feed is rotated observe that there will be a sharp null of signals on one polarization or the other Rotate the feed carefully to null the signals of the polarization that will not be used Most news vehicle feed Operating Instructions 2 20 10 11 12 systems are single polarization receive to avoid the possibility of nulling the wrong polarization If the antenna is set up to receive more than one polarization be sure that the feed polarization being observed is associated with the transponder that will be used for the transmission Before transmitting the satellite operator will need to be contacted The operator will want a transmit signal to be brought up to verify correct transponder signal polarization and to determine the correct operating power If the an
40. surface from its location in most cases it will not The antenna systems onboard the satellites are usually designed to cover a specific area These areas are referred to as hemispheres zones and spots A hemispherical beam is designed to cover roughly 40 of the earth s surface for example the western hemi sphere A zonal beam covers a specific area for example the Continental United States which is usually referred to as the CONUS beam A spot beam is exactly what it implies concentrating on a smaller geographical area such as the western United States With each of these beams there are areas where the signal strength is greater Figure 1 5 shows a propagation map for the western spot beam for one Ku Band satellite 1705A Spectrum Monitor Introduction 5853 GSTAR 2 RCA K2 975 103 GSTAR 1 105 ANIKB 81 109 SPACENET 2 69 sgh ess MORELOS 1 7 P 113 5 2 md SPACENET 1 A i 120 ANIK C2 lt 1 Ee d 112 5 MORELOS 2 Yet 11287 116 57 585 5 195 W 122 7 1 2 Figure 1 4 Sample longitudinal map of the Ku Band satellites of most interest to news vehicle earth stations on the North American continent and Hawaii Using the 1705A for Satellite Communication The 1705A has two separate inputs one the L Band Input is specifically designed to work with LNB down converters which have an output signal range of 0 95 to 1 80 GHz
41. voltage falls below 100 V Operating Options 1705A provides an internal jumper setting to enable or disable the graticule lights See Table 3 1 Table 3 1 Internal Jumper Selection _ 1 1100 Light Enable 1 2 Graticule lights enabled factory set 2 3 Graticule lights disabled Mechanical Installation Cabinet Options NOTE Cabinet drawings are provided for installation information only and are not to scale All dimensions are in inches 3 2 1705 Spectrum Monitor Installation 1705A Spectrum Monitor All qualification testing for the 1705A was performed with a 1700200 cabinet installed See Figure 3 2 To guarantee compliance with specifications the instrument must be operated in a cabinet The portable cabinet 1700F02 has handle four feet a flip up stand and has different hole sizes and spacing than the 1700F00 See Figure 3 3 of the 1700 Series metal cabinets available from Tektronix as Optional Accessories provide the proper electrical environment for the instrument supply adequate shielding minimize handling damage and reduce dust accumulation within the instrument 8 250 0 688 6 875 Nos of REAR 16 180 12 725 0 156 4 Figure 3 2 Dimensions of the 1700F00 plain cabinet 3 3 Installation 4 209
42. 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI A3C34 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 1076 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI A3C35 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI A3C36 290 0920 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 33UF 50 20 35WVDC 55680 UVX1H330MAA 7 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A3C39 281 0812 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 1000PF 10 6 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 5 101 102 IAL MI A3C40 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 1 281 0763 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 47PF 1076 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 SA102A470KAA 42 281 0797 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 15PF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 80009 281 0797 00 IAL MI A3C43 281 0823 00 CAP FXD CER DI 470PF 10 50V 04222 101 471 A3C46 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 47 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A3C48 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A3C49 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 50 281 0538 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 1PF 20 500V 0 170 X 0 220 AXIAL 80009 281 0538 00 51 281 0812 00 CAP F
43. 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com Theory of Operation Deflection Amplifiers Diagram 4 Microprocessor Diagram 5 Front Panel Diagram 6 Low Voltage Power Supply Diagram 7 1705A Spectrum Monitor bright up signal centered around the center frequency is generated for the Z Axis Control circuit by the Marker Generator The Z Axis Control circuit provides the driving signal for the Z Axis Amplifier Diagram 8 Included in these unblanking signals are the sweep unblanking readout unblanking and the intensified marker This circuit controls both display and readout intensity and adding the intensified marker in FULL SPAN DIV The output signal from the Log Detector Diagram 2 is buffered and switched in and out for time sharing with the readout signal prior to driving the Vertical Output Amplifier The output amplifier normalizes gain and matches the crt deflection plate input impedance The ramp signal from the Sweep Generator Diagram 3 is buffered inverted and has its gain set prior to being used to drive the Horizontal Output Amplifier Like the Vertical Output Amplifier the readout signal is time shared with active signal The horizontal amplifier has approximately three times the gain of the vertical amplifier to meet the crt gain requirements The microprocessor along with the EPROM that contains the measurement and diagnostic routines is the controlling element of the 1705A A Non Volatil
44. 032 BRS W RED NYLON COLLAR 152 0900 00 MOD HV 7 5KVAC 15 OUT POTTED MOD MSL2556 80009 152 0900 00 A1U2 156 0067 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR OP AMP 741C DIP08 3 80009 156 0067 00 103 156 1225 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR COMPTR DUAL OPEN 01295 393 COLL 300NS LM393N DIP08 3 104 156 2761 01 IC DGTL HCMOS MULTIVIBRATOR 74HC221A DIP16 3 TUBE 80009 156 2761 01 105 156 2524 00 IC LIN 12969 UC3842N 156 1631 01 IC LIN BIPOLAR VR AD 80009 156 1631 01 JUST SHUNT 100MA 2 2 TL431CLP TO 92 T amp A A1VR2 152 0195 00 DIO ZENER 5 1V 576 0 4W 1N751A FMLY DO 35 OR 7 80009 152 0195 00 AIVR3 152 0195 00 DIODE ZENER 5 1V 526 0 4W MZ5523D DO 35 OR 7 04713 SZMTS5RL AIVR4 152 0149 00 DIODE ZENER 10V 5 0 4W 1N961B DO 7 OR DO 35 T amp R 04713 1N961BRL 1 5 152 0287 00 DIODE ZENER 110V 576 0 4W 1N986B DO 7 OR 35 TR 04713 1N986BRL AIVR6 152 0287 00 DIODE ZENER 110V 576 0 4W 1N986B DO 7 OR 35 TR 04713 1 986 131 0566 00 BUS CNDCT DUM RES 0 094 OD X 0 225 L 80009 131 0566 00 A1W2 131 0566 00 BUS CNDCT DUM RES 0 094 OD X 0 225 L 80009 131 0566 00 AiW3 131 0566 00 BUS CNDCT DUM RES 0 094 OD X 0 225 L 80009 131 0566 00 131 0566 00 BUS CNDCT DUM RES 0 094 OD X 0 225 L 80009 131 0566 00 A2 671 0041 01 CIRCUIT BD ASSY FRONT PANEL 388 9484 XX 80009 671 0041 01 WIRED 1705A A2DS112 150 1289 00 LED ASSY DIR 2 IN 3 GRN 80009 150 1289 00 20 113 PART OF A2DS112 A2DS126 150 1290 00 LED ASSY DIR 3 IN 3 GRN
45. 1430 Broadway New York New York 10018 Component Values Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units unless noted otherwise Capacitors Values one or greater are in picofarads pF Values less than one are in microfarads UF Resistors Ohms 02 The following information and special symbols may appear in this manual Assembly Numbers Each assembly in the instrument is assigned an assembly number e g A20 The assembly number appears on the diagram in circuit board outline circuit board illustra tion title and lookup table for the schematic diagram 1705A Grid Coordinates The Replaceable Electrical Parts List is arranged by assembly number in numerical sequence the components are listed by component number Example Component Number Chassis mounted components have no Assembly No prefix A23 A2 R1234 See end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List Assembl Subassembl Number Number if used Schematic Circuit Number The schematic diagram and circuit board component location illustration have grids A lookup table with the grid coordinates is provided for ease of locating the component Only the components illustrated on the facing diagram are listed in the lookup table When more than one schematic diagram is used to illustrate the circuitry on a circuit board the circuit board illustration will only appear opposite the first diagram the lookup table will list the diagram numb
46. 17 4 85 G2 114 2 FA 13 R8 5 H2 B2 R65 8 F2 2 R235 1 05 O6 U17A 3 C3 F6 2 C5 C54 2 E2 CR18 4 B5 G2 L15 2 G4 14 5 H2 B2 R123 3 E R179 4 8236 1 05 U17B 3 F6 C55 2 02 J CR19 3 116 2 B2 R66 3 G3 R124 3 E G5 R180 4 J6 4 2 05 2 R10 5 H2 B2 R67 3 G4 8125 3 E G5 R181 2 D2 R237 1 06 17 3 C2 F6 C56 2 D4 CR20 8 C5 H5 117 2 E Jt R11 5 H2 B2 R68 3 G4 F4 1705A C R2 C3 R3 C4 R1 97 U4 See parts list for earier values and serial number ranges C15 R245 R246 Q2 R46 R47 R55 R48 CR4 R31 2 R32 R49 R33 R50 R34 CRS R52 R53 C20 R59 J201 J202 018 R57 Q4 R66 R67 R68 CR7 R56 R69 R70 R71 R72 R73 R74 05 016 R80 R95 CR8 06 VR2 R92 R94 R95 J4 J21 J22 R100 R101 R134 R302 R119 R301 CR32 R107 R120 J5 C35 C92 15 RI08 R121 CR16 R304 08 VRI 13 W6 R122 7 L3 R155 R156 09 010 R160 C42 R171 ang c55 C63 ac gt S R187 C60 Y3 L5 978 R175 6 55 R183 18 CR30 C57 L10 C58 CR28 R172 C53 7 CR27 R177 Static Sensitive Devices See Maintenance Section C70 U29 R202 R203 C74 115 C81 R196 CONT FL4
47. 1705 Spectrum Monitor Table of Contents Ramp Generator 4 5 vx ee dt NEQU EN 4 7 Gain Control SPAN DIV 4 7 SWEEP Shapers shoes etel de 4 7 Bright Up Generator e winced ahaa 4 8 Z AXIS 2252 deed Ss 4 9 Deflection Amplifiers Diagram 4 E EP bok 4 9 Buttes wane 4 9 Vertical Deflection Amplifier 4 10 Horizontal Deflection Amplifier 4 10 Microprocessor Diagraino 4 11 uper eg e ER ERE RUP E at 4 11 Readout ok I xb AUR RU ger IR E ded Pe E RE 4 12 Trace Rotate o ee LS eR a SH MN ERG NE 4 12 Graticule Figlits iei S Re eee IRR RH EET E t 4 12 Front Panel Diagram e vero e eee aed dee uum 4 12 Indicators Controls and Switches 4 12 16 Volt Supply oa be Ree I Reo 4 13 Low Voltage Power Supply Diagram V Ueber AE AN 4 14 Line Rectifier and Filter 4 15 Pulse Width Modulator
48. 268 SOBUDAI ZAWA KANAGAWA 228 JAPAN TK1462 YAMAICHI ELECTRONICS CO LTD 3 CHROME SHIBAURA TOKYO JAPAN 2ND FLOOR NEW KYOEI MINATO KU BLDG 17 11 TK1573 WILHELM WESTERMAN PO BOX 2345 6800 MANNHEIM 1 WEST GERMANY AUGUSTA ANLAGE 56 TK1884 ROGERS CORPORATION 5750 EAST MCKELLIPS RD MESA AZ 85205 Q PAC DIVISION TK1913 WIMA 2269 SAW MILL RIVER ROAD ELMSFORD NY 10523 THE INTER TECHNICAL GROUP IND PO BOX 127 8 4 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number Al 671 4056 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY POWER SUPPLY 1705A 80009 671 4056 00 A2 671 0041 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY FRONT PANEL 80009 671 0041 00 672 1373 05 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN BOARD ASSY 1705A 80009 672 1373 05 672 1373 07 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN BOARD ASSY 1705A 80009 672 1373 07 672 1373 08 8 15 2003 CIRCUIT ASSY MAIN BOARD ASSY 1705A 80009 672 1373 08 1 671 1796 01 CIRCUIT BD ASSY GRATICULE LIGHT 80009 671 1796 00 A4 671 0145 02 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 18V POWER SUPPLY 80009 671 0145 02 A5 671 0042 03 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 70MHZ TUNER 80009 671 0042 03 A6 119 4338 00 TUNER FREQ 950 1750MHZ OUT IF FREQ 479 5MHZ IMP 80009 119 4338 00 IN OUT 75 A10 671 3637 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CRT SOCKET BD 389 2115 XX WIRED 80009 671 3637 00 M 671 4056 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY POWER SUPPLY 1705A 80009 671 4056 00 A1C1 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 S
49. 3 indicates the serial number at which the part was first used Column four 4 indicates the serial number at which the part was removed No serial number entered indicates part is good for all serial numbers This indicates the quantity of mechanical parts used An item name is separated from the description by a colon Because of space limitations an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete Use the U S Federal Catalog handbook H6 1 for further item name identification Following is an example of the indentation system used to indicate relationship 12 3 4 5 amp Description Assembly and or Component Mounting parts for Assembly and or Component MOUNTING PARTS END MOUNTING PARTS Detail Part of Assembly and or Component Mounting parts for Detail Part MOUNTING PARTS END MOUNTING PARTS Parts of Detail Part Mounting parts for Parts of Detail Part MOUNTING PARTS END MOUNTING PARTS Mounting Parts always appear in the same indentation as the Item it mounts while the detail parts are indented to the right Indented items are part of and included with the next higher indentation Mounting parts must be purchased separately unless otherwise specified Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the part Code to name and address cross reference can be found immediately after this page Indicates actual manufacturer s part number 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Mechanical Parts CRO
50. 32 2 X 0 25 SQ AL 80009 220 0065 00 MOUNTING PARTS 41 211 0721 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 83486 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 42 333 3990 02 1 PANELREAR 1705A 80009 333 3990 02 MOUNTING PARTS 48 211 0721 00 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 83486 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 44 348 1464 00 1 MANCHET CRT END RUBBER MANCHET 31 5MM THK X 80009 348 1464 00 63MM OD 50 5 ID 45 407 4395 00 1 BRACKET CRT BACK 0 062 ALUM 80009 407 4395 00 MOUNTING PARTS 46 210 0457 00 2 NULPLASSEM WA 6 32 X 0 312 STL CD PL 78189 511 061800 00 END MOUNTING PARTS 47 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CRT SOCKET BD 80009 136 1167 00 SEE A10 REPL ATTACHED PARTS 179 2997 01 1 WIRE HARNESS DESCRETE CRT ASSY 5 24AGW 5 26 9M860 179 2997 01 AGW 1 X 4 0 1 CTR amp 1 7 RCPTX1X4 amp 1X7 344 0111 00 INSUL SPREADER DEFL LEADS POLYPROPYLENE 1617 343 0298 00 1 STRAP RETAINING 0 25 DIA CABLE 06915 HUC 4 174 3511 01 1 CAASSY SP DISCRETE CPD 4 24 AWG 8 0L 1X7 0 1CTR amp 80009 174 3511 01 2 24 AWG 8 5L X STRAIN RELIEF PCB END ATTACHED PARTS 48 346 0133 00 1 STRAP TIEDOWN E 14 0 X 0 091 NYLON 56501 TY234M EURO DIRECT PURCH 346 0120 00 8041072 2 STRAPTIEDOWN E 5 5 L MIN PLASTIC WHITE 06383 SST1 5M 346 0120 00 8041073 1 STRAP TIEDOWN E 5 5 L MIN PLASTIC WHITE 06383 SST1 5M 49 337 4087 01 1 SHIELD CRT CRT SHIELD METAL 1740A 17501 1750 0J9P9 337 4087 01 SERIES WFM601M WFM601A WFM601E SERIES 50 334 1379 00 1 MAR
51. 366 0616 00 END ATTACHED PARTS 25123 260 2300 00 SW PUSH SPST 25MA 15VAC 34361 1152 ATTACHED PARTS 366 0616 00 PUSH BTN 0 585 X 0 3 X 0 150 80009 366 0616 00 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 11 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number END ATTACHED PARTS 25139 260 2300 00 SW PUSH SPST 25MA 15VAC 34361 B3F 1152 ATTACHED PARTS 366 0616 00 PUSH BTN 0 585 X 0 3 X 0 150 80009 366 0616 00 END ATTACHED PARTS 25311 260 2300 00 SW PUSH SPST 25MA 15VAC 34361 1152 ATTACHED PARTS 366 0616 00 PUSH BTN 0 585 X 0 3 X 0 150 80009 366 0616 00 END ATTACHED PARTS 25345 260 2300 00 SW PUSH SPST 25MA 15VAC 34361 B3F 1152 ATTACHED PARTS 366 0616 00 PUSH BTN 0 585 X 0 3 X 0 150 80009 366 0616 00 END ATTACHED PARTS A3 672 1373 05 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN BOARD ASSY 1705A 80009 672 1373 05 A3 672 1373 08 48 15 2003 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN BOARD ASSY 1705A 80009 672 1373 08 ATTACHED PARTS 131 3717 00 BUS CNDCT TK1884 5 2098 202 0196 01 SHIELD ELEC 1 29 SQ X 0 675 AL 02875 1 4430 0 953 337 0607 00 PLATE ELEC SHLD CIRCUIT BOARD 80009 337 0607 00 337 2804 00 SHIELD ELEC CIRCUIT BOARD 80009 337 2804 00 337 3834 00 SHIELD ELEC 1705A BRS 80009 337 3834 00 337 3923 00 SHIELD ELEC TOP 1705A 80009 337 3923 00 337 3924 00 SHIELD ELEC FENCE 1705A 80009 337 3924 00 337 3925 00 SHIELD ELEC BOTTOM 1705A 80009 337 3925 00 END ATTACHED P
52. 4526 56289 SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO WORLD HEADQUARTERS 57668 ROHM CORP 8 WHATNEY IRVINE CA 92713 PO BOX 19515 59660 TUSONIX INC 7741 N BUSINESS PARK DR TUCSON AZ 85740 7144 PO BOX 37144 60395 XICOR INC 851 BUCKEYE CT MILPITAS CA 95035 7408 73743 FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO 111 INDUSTRIAL RD COLD SPRING KY 41076 9749 74276 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP 75042 IRC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 401 N BROAD ST PHILADELPHIA PA 19108 1001 PHILADELPHIA DIV TRW FIXED RESISTORS 75915 LITTELFUSE INC 800 E NORTHWEST HWY DES PLAINES IL 60016 3049 SUB TRACOR INC 76493 BELL INDUSTRIES INC 19070 REYES AVE COMPTON CA 90224 5825 JW MILLER DIV PO BOX 5825 78189 ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC ST CHARLES ROAD ELGIN IL 60120 SHAKEPROOF DIV 80009 TEKTRONIX INC 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR BEAVERTON OR 97077 0001 PO BOX 500 84411 AMERICAN SHIZUKI CORP 301 WEST O ST OGALLALA NE 69153 1844 OGALLALA OPERATIONS 86928 SEASTROM MFG CO 701 SONORA AVE GLENDALE CA 91201 2431 8X345 NORTHWEST SPRING MFG CO 5858 WILLOW LANE LAKE OSWEGO OR 97035 91637 DALE ELECTRONICS INC 2064 12TH AVE COLUMBUS NE 68601 3632 PO BOX 609 93907 TEXTRON INC 600 18TH AVE ROCKFORD IL 61108 5181 CAMCAR DIV 3629 SCHURTER AG H 2015 SECOND STREET BERKELEY CA 94170 C O PANEL COMPONENTS CORP 4307 SCHAFFNER ELECTRONIK AG LUTERBACH SWITZERLAND 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 3 Replaceable Electrical Parts Mfr Code Manufacturer Address City State Zip Code TK1345 ZMAN amp ASSOCIATES TK1450 TOKYO COSMOS ELECTRIC CO LTD 2
53. 55 5 5 8 250 209 55 8 250 410 97 k 174 63 mm 17 48 mm 16 180 in 5 6 875 in 0 688 OEN 3 9 E Bo 126 49 Rear Side 4 980 in 14 00 mm ji 1 0 551 in Figure 3 3 1700F02 portable cabinet dimensions 3 4 Cabinetizing WARNING Do not attempt to carry cabinetized instrument without installing the mounting screws There is nothing to hold the instrument in the cabinet if it is tipped forward The instrument is secured to the cabinet by two 6 32 Pozidrive screws located in the upper corners of the rear panel See Figure 3 4 1705A Spectrum Monitor Installation Rack Adapter 1705A Spectrum Monitor Cabinet Securing Screws 70 MHz INPUT LNB POWER INPUT JA AN 18 VDC 250 mA Figure 3 4 Cabinet securing screws The optional WFM7F05 side by side rack adapter shown in Figure 3 5 consists of two attached cabinets It can be used to mount the 1705A and another half rack width instrument in a standard 19 inch rack CAUTION Be sure to read and follow the instructions that are shipped with the rack adapter Use the correct sleeve for your product The ventilation holes and EMI shielding on the sleeves are specially designed to meet the requirements of the instruments for which they were intended If you use the wrong sleeve it could
54. 7 8 2 The component circuit number appears on the diagrams and circuit board illustrations located in the diagrams section Assembly numbers are also marked on each diagram and circuit board illustration in the Diagram section and on the mechanical exploded views in the mechanical parts list The component number is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the circuit number Example a Component Number A23R1234 A23 R1234 Assembly Number Circuit Number Read Resistor 1234 of Assembly 23 Example b Component Number A23A2R1234 A2 R1234 e s 3 76 Circuit Assembly Number Subassembly Number Number Read Resistor 1234 of Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23 The electrical parts list is arranged by assemblies in numerical sequence A1 with its subassemblies and parts precedes A2 with its subassemblies and parts Mechanical subparts to the circuit boards are listed in the electrical parts list These mechanical subparts are listed with their associated electrical part for example fuse holder follows fuse Chassis mounted parts and cable assemblies have no assembly number prefix and are located at the end of the electrical parts list Indicates part number to be used when ordering replacement part from Tektronix Column three 3 indicates the serial or assembly number at which the part was first used Column four 4 indicates the serial or assembly number at which the part was removed No serial or assembly n
55. 9 45 5 25 9 45 1 95UH L 210UH COMP GND CARRIER 13 NC R148 S77 R195 681 0 681 0 77 Che 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR 10 KHz FILTER ADJUST Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com IF AMPLIFIER lt 2 gt PART OF MAIN BOARD The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram 1705 Schematic Diagram lt 3 gt Component Locator Chart Assembly A3 Partial Assembly A3 also shown on Diagrams 1 2 4 and 5 Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Comp Diag Bd No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc C4 F5 A4 Q7 H3 G3 R161 B1 16 C6 F5 B3 Q8 H1 G4 R82 F3 F5 R231 H1 N5 7 B3 C2 R83 5 R232 H2 C10 F5 R31 F4 4 R84 E3 F5 R241 1 G5 5 C4 R32 F4 4 R85 D4 F6 R242 1 H5 R33 G1 E4 R86 D3 F6 C14 G5 D2 R34 G1 E4 R243 D1 F5 C15 G5 D4 R35 G1 E5 R87 E3 F6 R244 C1 G6 C18 G5 D3 R88 E4 F6 R247 D5 F3 C19 F5 D3 R36 C3 D5 R89 C5 F2 R301 G2 G4 C20 B3 E6 R37 B3 D6 R90 D5 F3 R302 G3 G3 R38 B4 E6 Re1 C5 F3 C21 D5 F3 R39 G2 E2 R303 G3 G3 C25 H3 G3 R40 G2 E2 R92 F2 F4 R304 G1 G4 C29 H1 G3 R93 F2 F4 C30 H3 G3 R41 B4 E2 R94 E1 F4 U13A D4 F3 C40 B1 16 R42 B4 E3 R95 D1 F5 U13B D4 F3 R43 D4 E3 R96 C3 F5 U13C D5 F3 C49 Ai J5 R44 B4 E3 U13D D4 F3 77 G5 L6 R45 E4 E3 R97 C1 F6 U14A B3 F5 C79 F5 L6 R98 C2 F6 C90 H1 N5 R46 B4 E3 R102 C5 G3 U14B D3 F5 C92 G1 G4 R47 G4 E3 R103 C5 G3 U14C D3 F5
56. 9 MHz is 710 dB Both RF and IF gain can be adjusted Its VCO is 4 1 Theory of Operation driven with a pre corrected sweep ramp Pre correction is required to make up for the inherent VCO nonlinearity A 18 V supply is connected to the L BAND input connector so that it can be used to power a Block Down Converter usually at the antenna The supply can be switched on and off by a recessed slide switch on the rear panel The voltage is generated on a separate circuit board that is mounted inside the 1705A rear panel The L Band Tuner output passes through 18 IF filter which contains a notch at 590 MHz to eliminate a spurious mixing product It is then mixed with an L O of 359 4 MHz to produce 2 IF output at 130 5 MHz This output is amplified by an 8 dB gain MMIC and is combined with the 70 MHz tuner output The 70 MHz input consists of a 7 pole 120 MHz bandwidth low pass filter a VCO which like the L Band VCO is driven by a pre corrected sweep ramp a mixer and a 20 dB amplifier The 70 MHz input circuits also output a 136 MHz 18 IF with a gain of 0 dB 3 dB IF Amplifier Circuits 136 MHz 219 IF is converted a third time to produce 3 IF frequency of Diagram 2 10 7 MHz The crystal controlled Local Oscillator operates at 119 8 MHz to provide the 10 7 conversion The oscillator s output is tripled to 359 4 MHz to provide the 130 5 MHz conversion for the L Band Tuner output A three sec tion helical reso
57. ASTIG for the most clearly defined DAC test pattern See Figure 5 8 Figure 5 8 DAC check waveforms used to check Focus Astigmatism Geometry and setting of the Trace Rotation DAC test pattern may vary in size from instru ment to instrument 4 Adjust Trace Rotation a ADJUST the front panel TRACE ROTATION potentiometer for a level display using a crt graticule line as a reference 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments b the DAC test pattern by first pressing the INPUT button to display the TEST menu c Press either SPAN DIV button to move the cursor to EXIT then press the INPUT button twice to return to a normal display A3 MAIN BOARD Refer to Figure 5 7 for adjustment locations 5 Adjust On Board Regulated Power Supplies a Connect the voltmeter ground lead to the rear panel LNB POWER switch ground lug and the active lead to the 11 8 V test point W8 See Figure 5 7 b ADJUST R99 11 8 V ADJ for 11 8 V 11 78 to 11 82 V c Connect the voltmeter active lead to the 11 8 V test point W9 See Figure 5 7 d ADJUST R111 11 8 ADJ for 11 8 V 411 78 to 411 82 V 6 Adjust Horizontal Gain a Connect a shorting strap between W11 and W12 See Figure 5 9 SHORTING TRAP wit VA w12 Figure 5 9 Location of the shorting strap used when adjusting sweep length b ADJUST R168 HORIZ GAIN
58. Amplifier Horizontal Deflection Amplifier control into the summing junction of U27 pin 2 The Vertical Position control is attenuated by resistors R152 and R140 2 dB POS RANGE This positions the video signal at pin 6 of U27 providing greater positioning range while in High Gain mode The horizontal ramp signal from the Sweep Generator Diagram 3 is approxi mately 4 V in amplitude Typical sweep length is 12 divisions The variable resistor R168 is one half of the input resistance Rj for U26B an inverting operational amplifier The amplifier feedback resistance R consists of R180 and R177 Reducing the of the operational amplifier while holding constant reduces the gain and in this case the sweep length Strapping across W11 and W12 provides a convenient method of shortening the sweep to adjust the Horizontal Gain R168 against the 10 divisions of the crt graticule When the strap is removed the sweep length increases to 12 divisions Switches U30B and C are are enabled by the Readout Enable RO EN from the microprocessor Diagram 5 When enabled the input to the Deflection Amplifier is the X horizontal and Axis vertical components of the crt alphanumeric readout The readout signal components are from the microproces sor through a Digital to Analog Converter DAC Diagram 5 The vertical positioning signal from the front panel VERTICAL POSITION control is applied to the readout in order to common mod
59. B 0779 26 337 3257 00 2 SHIELD CKT BD LV PWR SUPPLY 80009 337 3257 00 27 337 3931 00 1 SHIELD ELEC ALUMINUM 80009 337 3931 00 28 200 3443 00 1 COVER HOUSING ALUMINUM 80009 200 3443 00 MOUNTING PARTS 29 211 0108 00 6 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 156 PNH STL CD PL POZ TK0435 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 30 253 0415 00 1 TAPE FOAM 1 X 1 5 X 0 125 THK ADHESIVE ONE SIDE 80009 253 0415 00 31 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 70MHZ TUNER SEE 5 REPL MOUNTING PARTS 32 211 0108 00 3 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 156 PNH STL CD PL POZ TK0435 ORDER BY DESCR 10 4 END MOUNTING PARTS 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Mechanical Parts Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Number Mfr No Part No Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name amp Description Mfr Part No 33 380 0856 00 1 BD ALUMINUM 80009 380 0856 00 MOUNTING PARTS 34 211 0503 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 188 PNH STL 93907 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 1 TUNER FREQ 950 1750MHZ OUT IF FREQ 479 5 2 IN OUT 75 SEE A6 REPL MOUNTING PARTS 36 210 0590 00 1 0 375 32 X 0 438 BRS CD PL 73743 28269 402 37 210 0978 00 1 WASHER FLAT 0 375 ID X 0 5 OD X 0 024 STL 12327 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 98 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 18V POWER SUPPLY SEE A4 REPL MOUNTING PARTS 39 211 0008 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL 93907 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 40 220 0065 00 2 NUT BAR 4 40 6
60. C395 D2 C2 R239 G5 P6 U190 B1 R240 G5 Pe CR280 D3 2 U283A B3 A1 R305 G5 P6 U283B C3 A1 R306 H5 Pe E100 0296 D2 D1 R307 5 06 101 102 D4 VR398 01 02 E103 D4 J400 A2 J890 F2 SHIELD 11 8V C109 5000 Wu e R398 150 0 398 70 MHz INPUT VR 6 2V 5 dB PAD 25 dBm 1 dB 26 dBm 6dB 82 dBm PAD 85 dBm 3 dB PAD 18 dBm 8 dB 26 dBm REAR MIXER PANEL J400 C198 R299 R297 1197 1195 L193 R291 R293 C295 1 C395 R393 R391 L393 L391 L389 4890 02UF 22 1 221 150NH 163NH 150NH 18 0 13 0 4700PF 4700 13 0 13 0 150NH 163NH 150NH ANN LYNN CC 2 7 ANN S ee ao e m IL t U296 C199 C196 1 C194 1 C192 U190 R292 3141516 5205 C292 C290 C389 M N R298 22 SBL 1 221 0 R392 20PF 20PF T SHIELD 20 dB GAIN 70 MHz LOCAL OSCILLATOR R181 3 92K U283B 102 AS 70 MHZ TUNER SHIELD CAN C100 5 BaD gt 5000 C102 5000 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR 136 gt
61. CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 A8C71 281 0820 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 680 PF 10 50V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 SA101C681KAA 72 281 0820 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 680 PF 10 50V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 5 101 681 7 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI 74 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 77 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 04222 SA105E104MAA 78 281 0812 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 1000PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 SA101C102KAA IAL MI A3079 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A3C80 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 81 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI 82 281 0813 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 047UF 20 50V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 5 105 473 83 281 0813 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 047UF 20 50V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 5 105 473 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 13 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3C84 281 0812 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 1000PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 5 101 102 IAL MI A3C85 281 0812 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 1000PF 10
62. CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 12 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 17 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3R13 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R14 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 15 322 3251 00 RES FXD FILM 4 02K 1 0 2 0 57668 CRB20FXE 4K02 16 322 3402 00 RES FXD MET FILM 150K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3402 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 17 322 3254 00 RES FXD FILM 4 32K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 80009 322 3254 00 18 322 3402 00 RES FXD MET FILM 150K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3402 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 19 301 0181 00 RES FXD FILM 180 OHM 5 0 5W 80009 301 0181 00 20 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 21 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 23 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 24 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BOD
63. FREQUENCY control is rotated clockwise Once the satellite frequency and L O have been set pushing the INPUT push button saves the display and returns the Main menu Pushing the INPUT push button again returns to normal monitor operation NOTE The 1705A must be returned to the normal operating routine before the front panel push button switches perform the label functions Push the INPUT push button as many times as required to bring up the spectrum analyzer display The series of tests that can be made are documented in Section 6 Maintenance under the sub section heading of General Troubleshooting Techniques Locating Ku Band Satellites Basic Operating Procedure 1705A Spectrum Monitor The TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum Monitor is specifically designed to help the television news vehicle operator quickly and properly address a satellite Even though the 1705A will be most often used for Ku Band transmissions it can be used with any satellite system that can be downconverted to its L Band input frequencies The following operating procedure is typical and can be adjusted to fit particular vehicle and operator preferences 1 The expected true azimuth and elevation to the satellite from a specific location should be determined by calculation or reference to Table 2 3 for popular news satellites Table 2 3 lists 21 Continental United States CONUS cities the cities in the table are spotted around the country and can hel
64. FREQUENCY to read 45 MHz Check to see that the marker is intensified Set the 1705A SPAN DIV to 1 MHz and check that the marker is on screen Position the marker under the readout caret with the CENTER FRE QUENCY control CHECK that readout reads 45 1 count Set SPAN DIV to 100 kHz CHECK that the marker is on screen Repeat steps h through m substituting 95 MHz Leave SPAN DIV at 100 kHz 5 9 Checks and Adjustments 6 Check Resolution Filter REQUIREMENT 300 kHz Filter Resolution 200 400 kHz 10 kHz Filter Resolution 20 kHz or less Filter through gain matches 2 dB a Adjust the leveled sine wave generator Amplitude for a 5 Division signal amplitude CHECK that the marker width 0 6 Divisions down from the top of the signal is 3 Divisions 1 Division Change resolution to 10 kHz Set SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise CHECK that the marker width 0 6 Divisions down from the top of the signal is x 2 minor Divisions CHECK that the 10 kHz marker amplitude matches the highest point of the 300 kHz marker amplitude within 1 minor Division when switching between 300 KHZ and 10 KHZ RESOLUTION 7 Check 70 MHz Gain and Flatness REQUIREMENT Incremental Amplitude Accuracy 4 dB 70 MHz Flatness 1 minor Division from 70 MHz to either 50 or 90 MHz a b Set SPAN DIV to FULL Set RESOLUTION to 300 kHz Set SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequenc
65. Figure 5 2 ALIGN 2nd CHECK THAT 3rd MARKER HERE MARKER IS 1 MINOR DIVISION FROM HERE 3rd major 4th major graticule division graticule division Left edge of graticule Figure 5 2 Check time mark graticule alignment c CHECK for 10 frequency markers from beginning to end of sweep d CHECK that each marker is within 1 minor Division of a major graticule line when the 259 marker is on the left edge of the graticule see Figure 5 2 5 Check 70 MHz SPAN DIV and Readout REQUIREMENT One marker per 5 Divisions 1 Division Readout accuracy L Band 20 MHz 70 MHz 2 MHz a Select 1 MHz SPAN DIV b Set the CENTER FREQUENCY to read 70 MHz Center the readout caret horizontally on screen d CHECK for 1 marker every 5 major Divisions 1 major Division Readjust CENTER FREQUENCY if necessary e Repeat with Center Frequency at 50 MHz and 90 MHz f Connect the leveled sine wave generator to the 70 MHz input without the comb generator See Figure 5 3 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments 1705A Spectrum Monitor VARIABLE AUTOTRANSFORMER E nn oa oa 2000 Figure 5 3 Output of the 6503 connected directly to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 45 MHz Amplitude Multiplier to 01 and Amplitude to 0 5 42 dBm Set the 1705A SPAN DIV to FULL and the CENTER
66. H5 H5 E2 E2 B2 B2 B2 M4 C1 C1 5 01 F5 F1 M3 N1 Comp Diag Diag No L1 L3 L4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R7 R8 R11 No OO MM OO F2 F2 C2 E5 5 D4 D4 B2 DS 4 D3 G3 E3 4 4 4 E5 B4 B4 F4 Bd Loc F2 G1 G2 N1 B3 A3 B4 B4 B4 E1 14 14 J1 E2 G3 Al A4 A4 Comp Diag Diag No R12 R13 R14 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 R38 No OO OO OO oo D3 F3 G3 C4 5 05 B4 05 B4 E5 5 5 D2 D2 D4 E5 C4 C4 D4 D4 5 2 C1 H4 H4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 B1 B3 B3 B4 B4 B3 B3 B4 B1 Comp Diag Diag No R39 R40 R41 R42 R43 R44 R45 R46 R47 R48 R49 R50 R51 R52 R53 R54 R55 R56 R57 R58 R59 R60 No oo OO OO OO 2 D2 D4 E3 E2 D2 F2 E3 D2 C2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 D2 F3 B2 D2 B1 C1 Bd Loc B1 B2 B3 C1 B3 B3 C4 C1 C4 C4 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 D4 E1 E1 E4 E2 Comp Diag Diag No R61 R62
67. HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 0 235 MLG X 80009 131 4794 00 0 112 TAIL 30 GLD 0 035 DIA PCB A1J3 131 5337 00 CONN HDR 80009 131 5337 00 131 3392 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 10 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 80009 131 3392 00 0 120 TAIL 30 GLD BD RETENTION A1J6 119 1946 00 FLTR RFI 1A 250V 400HZ W PC TERM 54307 FN326 1 02 K D T 108 1412 00 COIL RF FXD 4 7 UH 20 0 25 SRF 50 MHZ DCR 54583 TSLO8074R7M3RO 0 017 OHM 1 MAX 3 7 A RDL LEAD 112 108 1412 00 COIL RF FXD 4 7 UH 20 0 25 SRF 50 MHZ DCR 54583 TSLO8074R7M3RO 0 017 OHM MAX 3 7 A RDL LEAD 108 1412 00 COIL RF FXD 4 7 UH 20 0 25 SRF 50 MHZ DCR 545838 TSL08074R7M3RO 0 017 OHM MAX 3 7 A RDL LEAD 108 0205 00 COIL RF IDCTR FXD 1MH 5 DCR 2 12 OHMS FERRITE 76493 8209 CORE A1Q1 151 0749 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 400V 500MA 50MHZ 80009 151 0749 00 AMPL MPSA94 TO 92 A1Q2 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC A1Q3 151 0350 03 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 150V 600MA 100MHZ 80009 151 0350 03 AMPL 2N5401 TO 92 EBC T amp A 104 151 0347 02 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 160V 600MA 100MHZ 56289 7916 AMPL 2N5551 T0 92 EBC T amp A A1Q5 151 0350 03 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 150V 600MA 100MHZ 80009 151 0350 03 AMPL 2N5401 TO 92 EBC T amp A A1Q6 151 0476 00 XSTR PWR BIPOLAR NPN 100V 3 0A 3 0MHZ 80009 151 0476 00 AMPL TIP31C TO 220 MOUNTING PARTS 214 3848 00 HTSK ELEC LOW COST CLIP ON TO 126 TO 220 80009 214
68. IF Amplifier U22 has a gain of 20 dB U22 requires a 6 VR3 and R136 are used to derive the voltage from the 11 8 V supply C31 and C32 are decoupling capacitors The output signal level is 20 dBm maximum J5 is another test jumper that can be used to access prior circuits or insert a signal at the 214 frequency The 10 7 MHz 2 4 IF signal passes through the 300 kHz Resolution filter or a combination of the 10 kHz and the 300 kHz Resolution filters The switching of filters is accomplished by a combination of a control signal 10 2 from the microprocessor Diagram 5 and a switching network consisting of U23D E and O9 and O10 and switching diodes CR22 23 25 26 27 28 29 and 30 When the control line is low the signal path is through the 10 kHz filter The 300 kHz filter is always in the circuit O10 CR22 and CR30 turn on to enable the 10 KHz filter Q9 CR23 and 28 turn off to switch out the bypass line When the control line goes high O10 turns off to turn off CR22 and CR30 Q9 CR23 and CR28 turn on to shunt the 10 kHz filter and provide 300 kHz resolution R175 the 300 kHz Gain adjustment is set to match the loss of the 10 kHz filter J10 is another test jumper provided to access prior circuits or insert a signal directly into the Log Detector The input to the Log Detector U32 is amplified by U29 and pre shaped by FL3 and FLA a 300 kHz Resolution filter and then ac coupled to U32 When the 10
69. INSTALLED US C50 CR27 5 9 3842 ATUF m z COMP 8 H 1 E eT ABB VFB vec 7 R81 100 LM393 178 Qe ISOLATION ma 199 ISEN ANN BOUNDARY 2 RT CT 2 p nis 4 99K 24K 57 CR20 4 lt 8 gt R87 129 Ds lt s gt oa 77 lt gt XZEE 1L 15 m 7 NC 4 CONNECTS E TO J4 T otUF ur 100V 5 a o 6 8 oy 5 0 7 7 VN MSN BOARD 5 200K Z FEEDBACK ERROR m o AMPLIFIER 10 12 TRANSFORMER 29 T ose DRIVER O1UF i nis Res CR26 xm 5V 4 KE 2 R85 5 100K R95 C45 R99 FRONT 452 cu ATUF L 9 va 100K PANEL e ano 8 2 R74 AE RX 7 10 00K 2 1 HS OPEN ON svo 2 B P i R75 4 4 99 51 d 1 Li E 2 n Bm 3 74 1000k one P R84 SECONDARY GROUND 187K PEAK LINE SIDE COMMON CHASSIS GROUND TP2 NOTE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER SERIAL NUMBER RANGES PART OF A1 POWER SUPPLY SKT A10 CRT Socket Board Front of Board 3 10 CRT Socket Board Back of Board 1705 Schematic Diagram lt 8 gt Component Locator Chart The schematic diagram has an alphan
70. J23 lt 4 gt 40 FROM J22 MAIN 40V C497 BOARD 10UF H Wess 15V FROM J21 HSN a 1 1 C491 1UF si 2 2 15V O 3 3 1 690 550 Es mE 4 4 Q596 250UH 100UH 47 EE 5 5 E C697 CR594 R688 prem UE R691 R692 R693 IOUE R696 R687 1 00K 3 01K 1K 777 77 777 C581 1UF R585 NC Eg 475 0 LNB POWER 588 2200PF T es H R586 NE5561N 9 5 10 0K RC vec vz OUT R588 1 00K da 9 4__ GAIN 4 FS DE C684 C683 FB GND R587 Q783 T UF MUF 1 00K 777 E R682 R686 267 0K 56 2K 6782 3 75 10UF 7 77 R685 15 0K 777 Static Sensitive Devices See Maintenance Section A1 Power Supply Board Component Locator FIL2 A1 Power Supply Board with cross references to schematic diagrams 7 and 8 C1 C2 C4 C5 c9 C10 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 C21 C22 C23 No OO OO Comp Diag Diag No Loc C4 D3 D3 D3 D4 C4 F3 D3 E2 C5 E2 D2 D2 D2 F2 C2 F2 F3 C1 C2 C1 B2 B2 Bd Loc A4 D1 B3 B4 B1 B2 B2 B4 B1 C4 C4 C4 C4 D4 1 D4 D4 D4 E2 E3 Comp Diag Diag No C24 C25 C27 C28 C29 C30 C31 C32 C33 C34 C35 C36 C37 C38 C39 C40
71. KHz filter is selected the signal is filtered by the 10 kHz filter and then applied to the Log Detector The output current from the Log Detector is processed by Q24 and Q25 to the 15 kHz low pass filter at U27 pin 3 Dia gram 4 The filter output then drives the Vertical Deflection Amplifier 1705A Spectrum Monitor Theory of Operation Sweep Generator Diagram 3 Ramp Generator Gain Control SPAN DIV Sweep Shapers 1705A Spectrum Monitor This schematic contains the free running Ramp Generator Switchable Gain Control SPAN DIV Sweep Shapers Marker Generator and the Z Axis Brightness control U24 is the Ramp Generator U24B is configured as an integrator and U24A is used as a comparator C40 is the integration capacitor and is charged by current from the front panel SWEEP SPEED control The ramp integrates in the positive direction from 2 volts to 2 volts At 2 V the output of U24A trips to the positive power supply voltage 5 V and causes C40 to ramp down through CR24 and R151 The value of R151 determines the amount of time required to discharge C40 retrace time The power supply for U24 is 5 and 11 8 volts The output swing of U24A is nearly to these supply values The Ramp Generator output through R142 drives Q6 through U23B in the Z Axis control to provide retrace blanking CR21 limits the output swing in the negative direction to 0 7 volts The Ramp Generator output U24B pin 7 drives the Horizontal D
72. MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1835 322 3162 00 RES FXD MET FILM 475 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3162 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1836 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K 1 0 2 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1837 322 3034 00 RES FXD MET FILM 22 1 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE2K94 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1838 315 0226 01 RES FXD CMPSN 22 M OHM 5 0 25W 80009 315 0226 01 1839 315 0471 03 RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W 80009 315 0471 03 1840 315 0103 03 RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W 80009 315 0103 03 1 41 322 3121 00 RES FXD MET FILM 178 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3121 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1 42 322 3402 00 RES FXD MET FILM 150K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3402 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1843 315 0471 03 RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W 80009 315 0471 03 1844 315 0471 03 RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W 80009 315 0471 03 1 45 311 2239 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 100K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 100K 50 5 ADJUST T amp R 1846 322 3001 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3001 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1 47 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY 1848 322 3239 00 RES FXD FILM 3 01K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 20 FXE 3K01 8 8 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component
73. R308 K5 J7 H4 J6 R309 ES K5 J8 H4 J6 R177 E4 J6 J12 H2 N6 R178 F3 u15 c5 F2 J13 H2 N6 R179 G3 u19 B5 G1 J21 A4 H1 R180 D4 J6 U21A B2 H6 J22 A4 n R184 C1 U21B 2 H6 423 A4 U21C B2 H6 R185 F4 K6 L19 B4 H2 R186 G4 K6 U26A E4 J5 R188 c2 K5 U26B E4 J5 Q14 F4 K6 R189 F4 K6 U27 c2 K5 Q15 G4 J6 R190 G4 K6 U30A E2 L5 Q16 G4 K6 U30B 2 15 017 F4 R191 G4 K6 Q18 F4 L6 R192 F4 4 15 R193 G4 U33 02 M6 Q19 F4 L6 R194 C2 K5 Q22 F2 M6 R197 G2 L5 ws B4 H1 Q23 F2 M6 w11 E4 J6 Q26 F2 N6 R198 F5 Le w12 E4 J6 Q27 F2 M6 R199 F4 L6 R200 F5 L6 Q28 G2 N6 R204 D2 L6 1705A J4 CONNECTS TO J4 lt 7 gt 1 POWER SUPPLY BOARD TO W698 PIN 1 6 TO W698 PIN2 lt 6 gt TO S100 lt 6 gt 50K 4 75 4 A VPOSN 248 GAIN 4 VERTICAL DEFLECTION 50K 2e VERT gy T 15 KHz AMPLIFIER GAIN LOWPASS R210 7 FILTER 200K 9 10 0K C93 R229 R230 100PF 11 8V 6 19K 6 19K It 13 IN 11 8V
74. R63 R64 R65 R66 R67 R68 R69 R70 R71 R72 R73 R74 R75 R76 R77 R78 R79 R80 R81 No NNNNN NNNNN D1 D4 C2 B1 B1 F2 F4 G4 G4 F4 D5 E5 C4 B5 C5 D4 B4 B3 C4 D3 4 4 E2 E2 E3 E3 F4 G5 G5 G4 H4 H4 14 J5 J4 14 14 J4 J2 J4 J1 Comp Diag Diag Bd R82 R83 R84 R85 R86 R87 R88 R89 R90 R91 R92 R93 R94 R95 R96 R97 R98 R99 R101 R102 R103 RV1 No NNNNN NNNNN NNNNN OMM N Loc Loc 42 J2 B5 J2 G4 H5 D3 K2 B4 J2 B2 M4 E3 13 D2 K1 D2 K1 D2 L2 D2 L2 B4 J3 A4 K3 A3 J3 F4 H4 65 H5 K2 C2 M1 A2 E2 02 13 Comp Diag Diag Loc T1 T2 T3 1 2 Ui U2 USA USB U4A U4B U5 VR1 VR2 VR4 wi w2 No NN B2 4 2 5 E5 D1 B1 C4 B3 D4 C4 F4 F3 G3 G3 G2 G2 Bd Loc C4 5 G3 C1 F4 J3 J3 5 5 J2 H4 E2 H4 H4 4 4 4 5 1705A SEE PARTS LIST FOR EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBER RANGES
75. RES FXD MET FILM 3 32K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 91637 50 1 33200 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R156 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 157 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 158 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 159 322 3414 00 RES FXD MET FILM 200K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 91637 CCF501G20002F IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R160 322 3453 00 RES FXD FILM 511K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 91637 CCF50 2F51102F 161 322 3262 00 RES FXD FILM 5 23K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3262 00 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 21 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3R162 322 3284 00 RES FXD FILM 8 87K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20FXE 8K87 A3R163 322 3226 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2 21K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 2 21 IAL T amp R SM BODY 165 322 3143 00 RES FXD FILM 301 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 301E A3R166 322 3024 00 RES FXD FILM 17 4 OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 57668 CRB20FXE1K62 A3R167 322 3243 00 RES FXD MET FILM 3 32K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 91637 CCF50 1 G33200F IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R168 311 2234 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET SK OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP TK1450 GFOGUT 5K ADJUST T amp R
76. Rotating the feed horn polarity 90 would bring up a display of the vertically polarized transponder down links Optimize Signal Strength Once the correct satellite has been identified minor adjustment to the antenna position will optimize the link The antenna azimuth and elevation can be fine tuned for maximum signal strength and the opposite polarization carefully nulled while observing the spectrum monitor crt screen 1705A Spectrum Monitor 1 15 Introduction Looking at Exciters with the 70 MHz Input 11 73 GHZ REF Tek T XI 10 1 aee Figure 1 8 Simulation of a 1705A FULL SPAN DIV display showing six transponders illuminated The 70 MHz Input to the spectrum monitor is a bnc connector It is designed for use with the IF signal from an up link exciter Most up link transmitters use an exciter to drive an Upconverter and High Power Amplifier HPA and in most cases the driving signal to the Upconverter is a 70 MHz IF If the exciter output is at the up link frequency a 70 MHz monitoring point is often provided Sometimes the coupling of the IF signal between the exciter and Upconverter is a coaxial link that can be opened and a directional coupler installed for sampling purposes See Figure 1 9 NOTE The 70 MHz input is rated at 20 dBm maximum external pads may be required to meet this operating condition
77. Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number PartNumber Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number 1849 311 2239 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 100K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 100K SQ SIDE ADJUST T amp R 1850 322 3001 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3001 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1851 322 3260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 4K99 1852 322 3001 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3001 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1853 322 3001 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3001 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1854 322 3260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K 1 0 2 57668 CRB20 FXE 4K99 1855 322 3322 00 RES FXD MET FILM 22 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3322 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1856 322 3001 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3001 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1857 322 3034 00 RES FXD MET FILM 22 1 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 2 94 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1858 311 2239 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 100K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 100K SQ SIDE ADJUST T amp R 1859 322 3485 07 RES FXD FILM 5K OHM 0 1 0 2W TC T9 91637 501 50000 A1R60 322 3268 00 RES FXD FILM 6 04K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3268 00 1 61 322 3034 00 RES FXD MET FILM 22 1 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE2K94 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1 62 322 3097 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100
78. Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number PartNumber Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A1CR23 152 1165 00 DIO RECT ULTRA FAST 600V 4A 50NS MUR460 T amp R 80009 152 1165 00 A1CR24 152 1165 00 DIO RECT ULTRA FAST 600V 4A 50NS MUR460 T amp R 80009 152 1165 00 A1CR25 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R A1CR26 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R A1CR27 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 1 29 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 A1CR30 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 1051 150 0050 00 LAMP GLOW 135V MAX 1 9MA C2A T WIRE LEAD 74276 LT2 24 2 NE2H 1052 150 0050 00 LAMP GLOW 135V MAX 1 9MA C2A T WIRE LEAD 74276 112 24 2 NE2H 1053 150 0050 00 LAMP GLOW 135V MAX 1 9MA C2A T WIRE LEAD 74276 172 24 2 2 1054 150 0050 00 LAMP GLOW 135V MAX 1 9MA C2A T WIRE LEAD 74276 112 24 2 2 1 1 159 0021 00 FUSE CRTG 3AG 2A 250V FAST BLOW 75915 312002 MOUNTING PARTS 200 2264 00 CAP FSHLDR 3AG FUSES 53629 031 1666 204 0906 00 BODY FSHLDR 3AG amp 5 X 20MM FUSES 53629 TYPEFAU031 3573 END MOUNTING PARTS 131 5338 00 CONN HDR 80009 131 5338 00 A1J2 131 4794 00 CONN
79. Type or Number 3 Serial Number 4 Modification or Option Number if applicable If an ordered part has been replaced with a new or improved part that is a direct replacement the new part will be shipped If the part does not directly replace the old one the local Tektronix field office or representative will contact the customer After any repair or modification of the instrument circuit readjust ment may be required Test selectable components and their values are shown in Table 6 7 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance Table 6 7 Test Selectable Components Nominal Value Range of Values Selection Criteria 2 7K to 8 2K To correct nonlin 1K to 6 8K earities of L band 18K to 27K tuners 115 0K 115K to 130K To alter magnifier range when ad justment range of 8 is insuffi cient Mechanical Disassembly Assembly Bezel Removal 1705A Spectrum Monitor Use these instructions for disassembly and reverse them for reassembly unless otherwise noted WARNING Before attempting any disassembly assembly of the instrument be sure to disconnect the power cord CAUTION Do not reinsert screws in the rear panel when the instrument is removed from the cabinet NOTE All screws unless otherwise noted are TORX screws and can be removed with a T15 screwdriver tip Tektronix part number 003 0966 00 The exception is 2 Pozidrive screws which can be removed with a 1 Pozidrive tip 003 044
80. VAR TRMR CERMET 20K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 20K 50 5 ADJUST T amp R 9 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 40 322 3114 00 RES FXD MET FILM 150 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 91637 50 2 1500 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R41 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R42 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R43 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R44 322 3239 00 RES FXD FILM 3 01K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 57668 20 3K01 45 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R46 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 8 18 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number 47 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R48 311 2235 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 10K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 80009 311 2235 00 ADJUST T amp R 49 311 2235 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 10K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 80009 311 2235 00 ADJUST T amp R 50 3
81. kHz rate C58 increases the PWM noise immunity by rolling off the internal op amp frequency response R82 holds the switcher mosfet off as the circuit is powering up R81 slows the turn on of the switcher mosfet while CR27 speeds up the turn off The three output windings supply four output voltages Each output is rectified by a single diode and filtered by an LC pi filter The Error Amplifier regulates the 5 V output by feeding an error signal to the Pulse Width Modulator is a 2 5 V shunt regulator containing an op amp and a voltage reference The 5 V is divided by R69 and R70 to provide 2 5 V to VR1 with fine adjustment provided by R99 C40 and R71 determine the gain and frequency response of VR1 VR4 controls overshoot of the 5 V at power up R98 and CR26 provide a minimum operating current for VR1 R68 decouples C39 from Overvoltage protection for the 5V supply is provided by a crowbar circuit formed by Q11 VR3 R13 and R14 The 80 kHz sawtooth waveform at U3 pin 3 trips comparator U3 U3 pin 1 then feeds a trigger pulse to one shot U4 U4 pin 13 outputs a 300 nS pulse to the 130 mA current source consisting of Q7 and O8 When OS turns on T2 pin 2 is pulled down until CR15 Error Amplifier is forward biased The negative going pulse at T2 pin 2 is peak detected by CR16 and C46 The dc voltage present at the anode of CR16 feeds the pulse width modulator and the Output Under Volt age Shutdown circuit CR29 resets T2 b
82. memory during this step there is a message that the microprocessor is WRITING AND READING 2444 This test checks that all lines and the NOVRAM are operating correctly If the microprocessor can not establish Read and Write communications with the NOVRAM U812 the following message will be displayed on the crt ERROR CANNOT WRITE TO 2444 6 5 Maintenance 6 6 Once communication with the NOVRAM is verified the microprocessor will attempt to store data While attempting to store data the following message is displayed on the crt READING 2444 DATA STORED AT 60H TO 7F INPROCESSOR If data cannot be stored in the NOVRAM the following message will be displayed on the crt ERROR CANNOT STORE DATA If data cannot be stored the probable fault is with either the NOVRAM U812 or U809 and associated components Once the NOVRAM test is successfully completed there will be an acknowledg ing crt display See Figure 6 3 END OF NON VOLATILE lt 2444 gt RAM TEST 2444 TEST GOOD PRESS INPUT KEY TO EXIT Figure 6 3 1705A CRT display when the NOVRAM Test has been successfully completed There is a special case that can occur In normal operation the 1705A front pa nel setup should be stored when the power is removed either turned off or lost due to power failure so that it can be recalled when the instrument is powered up again If the 1705A does not come back with its previous front panel setup it will provid
83. part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part your local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part number Change information if any is located at the rear of this manual Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cross Index Mfr Code Number to Manufacturer Abbreviations List of Assemblies 1705A Spectrum Monitor The tabular information in the Replaceable Electrical Parts list is arranged for quick retrieval Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you find all of the information you need for ordering replaceable parts The Mfg Code Number to Manufacturer Cross Index for the electrical parts list is located immediately after this page The cross index provides codes names and addresses of manufacturers of components listed in the electrical parts list Abbreviations conform to American National Standards Institute ANSI standard Y1 1 A list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the electrical parts list The assemblies are listed in numerical order When the complete component number of a part is known this list will identify the assembly in which the part is located 8 1 Replaceable Electrical Parts Column Descriptions Component No Column 1 Tektronix Part No Column 2 Serial Assembly No Column 3 and 4 Name and Description Column 5 Mfr Code Column 6 Mfr Part No Column
84. readout around the crt area Readout can be anywhere within the crt area See Figure 2 10 for the function of the push button switches in the Readout Position menu Pushing any one of the four newly assigned positioning buttons returns to the normal display with readout At this point pushing RESOLUTION VIDEO or either of the SPAN buttons moves the readout Push buttons can be held down for smooth advancement or pushed for each small movement increment Once the readout location is satisfactory pushing the INPUT button saves the position and returns to the Main menu When the INPUT push button is pushed again the monitor returns to normal operation 1705A Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions SPECTRUM READOUT MODE OFF L BAND 1 OFFSET MAIN MENU L O HIGH READOUT gt EXIT READOUT POSITION USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR TEST PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT gt EXIT USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT J 4 READOUT POSITION USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT 1 5 UP RES OFFSET ADJUST DOWN VIDEO DOWN lt SPAN LEFT lt SPAN UP SPAN gt RIGHT SPAN gt EXIT SAVE INPUT EXIT SAVE INPUT oe oo mo aes om ip q
85. residue is not recommended Most cleaning solvents tend to reactivate the rosin and spread it under components where it may cause corrosion under humid conditions The rosin residue if left alone does not exhibit these corrosive properties The instrument should be cleaned often enough to prevent dust or dirt from accumulating Dirt acts as a thermal insulating blanket that prevents effective heat dissipation and can provide high resistance electrical leakage paths between conductors or components in a humid environment Exterior Clean the dust from the outside of the instrument by wiping with a soft cloth or small brush A brush is especially useful to remove dust from around the selector buttons knobs and connectors Hardened dirt may be removed with a cloth dampened in water that contains a mild detergent Abrasive cleaners should not be used Crt Clean the crt protective shield light filter and crt face with a soft lint free cloth dampened in denatured alcohol Interior Clean the interior of the instrument by loosening the accumulated dust with a dry soft brush Once the dirt is loosened remove it with low pressure air high velocity air can damage some parts Hardened dirt or grease may be removed with a cotton tipped applicator dampened with a solution of mild Maintenance Visual Inspection Static Sensitive Components detergent and water Abrasive cleaners should not be used If the circuit board assembli
86. slots in the front molding 8 To complete the replacement of the board reverse the rest of the steps Removal and Replacement of the Power Supply Board Remove the plug from 114 on the Power Supply board the connection to the Main board WARNING The crt may retain a dangerous charge Ground the conductor of the anode to discharge the crt Do not allow the conductor to touch your body or any circuitry 2 Remove the anode connection from the crt and discharge it to ground 3 Remove the plugs from J1 and J3 the crt wires Remove the plug from J2 the power switch If the 1700F10 Field Upgrade Kit is installed unsolder the leads to the rear panel DC Connector 4 Disconnect the ac line filter from the rear panel by unscrewing the two screws on the rear panel that are holding it in 5 Using a 1 Pozidrive tip disconnect the power ON OFF switch from the front panel 6 Remove the seven screws that fasten the Power Supply board to the instrument as shown in Figure 6 12 7 Remove the board by sliding it forward and lifting it up 1705A Spectrum Monitor 6 25 Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com Maintenance Ground strap 5558855 Remove these screws to remove this board Figure 6 12 Removing the Power Supply board Removing the LNB Power Supply Board Unplug the interconnecting plug from the right side of t
87. spectrum display similar to that in Figure 2 3 REF 1400 10 E33 N 20 30 50 60 L 111111 11111 1 Figure 2 3 1705A display when powered up in L BAND and FULL SPAN CENTER FREQUENCY set to approximately mid range 1705A Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions Measurement Graticule Vertical Scales 1705A Spectrum Monitor The 1705A is equipped with an internal graticule crt The graticule has an 8 X 10 division scale that is lighted Scale brilliance is controlled by the front panel SCALE control Figure 2 4 shows the 1705A graticule Refer to this figure and subsequent figures when reading the following discussion of the graticule Tek 40 Figure 2 4 1705A graticule scale The vertical scale is eight divisions in height The center vertical scale is broken into five equal minor divisions per major division Note that the 0 dB reference is at the top of the graticule and that 80 dB maximum division is at the bottom of the graticule There are two gain selections normal gain 10 dB div and high gain 2 dB div In normal gain mode major divisions are 10 dB which makes each minor division 2 dB When the GAIN front panel push button is held high gain is selected and major divisions are approximately 2 dB which m
88. the calibration adjustment to ensure correct readout U4 is the NVRAM that stores the instrument condition when power is turned off or lost to ensure that the instrument will come back up in the correct operating condition The power down detection circuit consists of a comparator U11 and a 5 volt regulator U3 U3 input voltage is from the 15 volt supply C5 charges up high enough to allow U3 to continue to power 011 so that it can store needed data during the power down sequence 011 monitors the 5 volt supply on pin 2 Pin 3 is set to approximately 2 5 volts and has a large capacitor C13 to provide a slow decay Under normal conditions pin 2 is slightly higher than pin 3 keeping the output pin 7 high When instrument power starts to go down pin 2 goes below pin 3 which forces the output pin 7 low to enable the STO input to U4 When STO goes low the current conditions as input from the microprocessor D Out output are stored in the U4 Non Volatile RAM 4 11 Theory of Operation Readout Trace Rotate Graticule Lights Front Panel Diagram 6 Indicators Controls and Switches U6 is an 8 bit D type data latch that drives all the front panel LEDs and most of the internal control lines Chip select for U6 is WR U2 pin 16 inverted U7C and ANDed with Address 14 U2 pin 27 by U7A 010 is a dual 8 bit DAC Digital to Analog Converter that generates the horizontal and vertical readout signals The analog cu
89. the cathode The 200 V p p sine wave present at the cathode of CR8 is input to the Grid Drive circuit where it is clipped for use as the crt control grid bias The sine wave from the cathode of CR8 is coupled through R47 to a clipping circuit consisting of CR5 and CR6 Clipping level for the positive excursion of the sine wave is set by the CRT Bias adjustment R58 The negative clipping level is set by the front panel INTENSITY control through the Z Axis Amplifier The clipped sine wave is coupled through C11 to a rectifier made up of CR1 and CR3 The rectified clipped sine wave is the crt control grid bias voltage C9 couples the blanking signal from the Z Axis Amplifier to the crt control grid DS1 and DS2 limit the crt grid to cathode voltage at instrument turn on or off DS3 limits the crt heater to cathode voltage This is an inverting amplifier with negative feedback R22 is the feedback resistor while R7 R20 and R33 act to maintain the summing junction at 5 V Without any Z Axis input current the amplifier output is approximately 10 V Negative Z Axis input current will cause the output to go positive 1705A Spectrum Monitor Theory of Operation 05 is a current amplifier feeding the output stage and Q4 form a push pull output stage Q3 acts as a 2 7 mA constant current pull up while Q4 is the pull down transistor C6 speeds up the amplifier by coupling ac signals to the base of Q3 CR2 and R41 protect the amplifier d
90. to 4 sweeps per second Return SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise Alternate Method a Connect the oscilloscope 10X probe to W2 Set the oscilloscope timebase to 5 ms Div Set the oscilloscope vertical to 2 Volts Div Set SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise CHECK for a ramp duration of 20 ms 10 ms Set SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise Set the oscilloscope timebase to 50 ms Div CHECK for a ramp duration of 200 ms 100 ms Remove probe Return SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise 5 11 Checks and Adjustments 10 Check L Band Linearity REQUIREMENT One marker per Division 1 minor Division a Connect the output of the leveled sine wave generator through the comb generator to the 1705 L BAND INPUT See Figure 5 4 56503 2000 2000 oa oa oa oa VARIABLE AUTOTRANSFORMER Comb Generator Figure 5 4 Equipment connections for L Band checkout b Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 100 MHz Amplitude Multiplier to X1 and the Amplitude to 1 5 8 dBm Set the 1705 INPUT to L BAND d Set the SPAN DIV to FULL e CHECK for 10 frequency markers Ignore any sweep start marker f CHECK that each marker is within one minor Division of a major graticule line when the 214 marker is on the first graticule line in from the left See Figure 5 5 5 12 1705 Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments 1705A Spec
91. 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 15 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R686 322 3361 00 RES FXD MET FILM 56 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 91637 CCF50 2F56201F IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R687 322 3239 00 RES FXD FILM 3 01K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 57668 20 FXE 3K01 A4R688 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R690 308 0677 00 RES FXD WW 1 OHM 5 2W 75042 ORDER BY DESC A4R691 322 3239 00 RES FXD FILM 3 01K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 3K01 A4R692 322 3239 00 RES FXD FILM 3 01K 1 0 2 0 57668 20 3K01 A4R693 322 3239 00 RES FXD FILM 3 01K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 57668 20 FXE 3K01 A4R696 301 0102 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 50W 01121 EB1025 A4U583 156 1799 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR SW RGLTR CONT PWM SGL ENDED OC 80009 156 1799 00 5561 08 3 5 671 0042 03 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 70MHZ TUNER 80009 671 0042 03 ATTACHED PARTS 337 0607 00 PLATE ELEC SHLD CIRCUIT BOARD 80009 337 0607 00 QUANTITY 2 END ATTACHED PARTS 5 100 281 0697 00 CAP FXD CER DI 5000PF 100 0 100V 80009 281 0697 00 5 102 281 0697 00 CAP FXD CER DI S000PF 100 0 100V 80009 281 0697 00 5 109 281 0697 00 CAP FXD CER DI 5000PF 100 0 100V 80009 281 0697 00 5 180 283 5050 00 CAP FXD CER DI 560PF 5 50V 54588 216 561 5 181 283 5050 00 CAP FXD CER DI 560PF 5 50V 54583 216 561 5 185 281 0823 00 CAP FXD CER DI 470PF 10 50V 04222 101 4
92. 0 CAP FXD CER DI 15000PF 10 200V 80009 281 0707 00 A1C22 281 0563 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 47UF 20 50V 0 150 X 0 290 AXIAL MI 80009 281 0563 00 A1023 285 1328 00 CAP FXD PLSTC MTLZD FILM 0 01UF 5 2000V 1573 FKP1 01 2000 5 PYLENE 1 25X 95 RDL T A 1 24 290 1310 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 160V 13 X 20MM RDL 0 2LS 105 80009 290 1310 00 DEG 5000 HR A1C25 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A1C27 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A1C28 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A1C29 290 1267 00 CAP FXD AL 560UF 2096 50V 12 5 X 31 5 LOW 80009 290 1267 00 IMP RDL BULK A1C30 290 1267 00 CAP FXD AL 560UF 2096 50V 12 5 X 31 5 LOW 80009 290 1267 00 IMP RDL BULK A1C31 290 1267 00 CAP FXD AL 560UF 20 50V 12 5 X 31 5 LOW 80009 290 1267 00 IMP RDL BULK A1C32 290 1267 00 CAP FXD AL 560UF 2096 50V 12 5 X 31 5 LOW 80009 290 1267 00 IMP RDL BULK 1633 290 1310 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 160V 13 20MM RDL 0 2LS 105 80009 290 1310 00 DEG 5000 HR A1C34 290 1310 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 160V 13 X 20MM RDL 0 2LS 105 80009 290 1310 00 DEG 5000 HR A1C35 290 1267 00 CAP FXD AL 560UF 2096 50V 12 5 X 31 5 LOW 80009 290 1267 00 IMP RDL BULK A1C36 290 1267 00 CAP FXD AL 560UF 20 50V 12 5 X 31 5 LOW 80009 290 1267 00 IMP RDL BULK 1705 Spectrum Monitor 8 5 Replaceable Electrical Parts Com
93. 0 V SISTORS 6 JFETS 600 to 800 V 7 LINEAR CIRCUITS 400 to 1000 V est 8 LOW POWER SCHOTT 900 V KY TTL 1705 Spectrum Monitor Maintenance Observe the following precautions to avoid damage 1 2 oe INC og M 10 Minimize handling of static sensitive components Transport and store static sensitive components or assemblies in their original containers on a metal rail or on conductive foam Label any package that contains static sensitive components or assemblies Discharge the static voltage from your body by wearing a wrist grounding strap while handling these components Servicing static sensitive assem blies or components should be done only at a static free work station by qualified personnel Nothing capable of generating or holding a static charge should be allowed on the work station surface Keep the component leads shorted together whenever possible Pick up the components by the body never by the leads Do not slide the components over any surface Avoid handling components in areas that have a floor or work surface covering capable of generating a static charge Use a soldering iron that is connected to earth ground Use only special antistatic suction or wick type desoldering tools Performance Checks and Instrument performance should be checked after each 2000 hours of operation or Readjustments every 12 months if used intermittently This will help to ensure maximum performance a
94. 0 form a low pass filter that is peaked at the 18 IF frequency 136 MHz and approximately 20 dB down at the Local Oscillator frequency Harmonics of the Local Oscillator frequency are at least 30 dB down The Local Oscillator LO is a Voltage Controlled Oscillator whose output frequency range is 175 MHz to 230 MHz The oscillator is a differential pair pins 7 8 and 5 11 contained in U283 The oscillator employs positive feedback through L284 to the base tank circuit L280 and C281 CR280 is a varactor whose capacitance is determined by the instantaneous level of the pre corrected ramp from the Sweep Generator Diagram 3 The center tap of T187 is the LO output providing an amplitude of approximately 7 dBm Q20 and Q21 form a switching circuit that turns off the VCO when the L Band input is selected When LBAND goes low Q21 is shut off causing 020 to unsaturate and disconnect the 11 8 V from the VCO The 70 MHz tuner assembly 5 is contained in a rigidly mounted shield Control signals and the 11 8 V supply are brought into this shielded tuner through feedthrough capacitors This diagram shows the L Band and 70 MHz inputs to the various conversion stages It also shows the Local Oscillator Tripler circuitry Mixers Amplifiers IF filters and Log Detector output Both Local Oscillator LO signals are derived from a single crystal whose operating frequency is 119 8 MHz The crystal is 5 overtone type in a Butler osci
95. 0 kHz RESOLUTION IF AMP FILTER 300 kHZ RESOLUTION FILTER 2 20 10 kHz Em T RESOLUTION SPAN DIV L FRONT PANEL 580 MHz NOTCH SHAPERS GAIN CONTROL RAMP GENERATOR lt SWEEP SPEED LOG po PROCESSOR DAC NV RAM MARKER GENERATOR VIDEO 1 15 boat FILTER X AXIS RO EN edt Z AXIS CONTROL Z AXIS AMPLIFIER 440 VDC 415 VDC 62 5 VDC CENTER INTENS 15 VDC FREQUENCY 1705A Spectrum Monitor MULT HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY 2 Main Board Component Locator with cross references to schematic diagrams 1 2 3 4 and 5 Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag Bd Comp Diag Diag No No Loc Loc No No Loc Loc No No Loc Loc No No Loc Loc No No Loc Loc No No Loc Loc No No Loc Loc No No Loc Loc No No Loc No No Loc Loc 5 01 4 C57 2 04 J4 CR21 3 A2 118 2 E Jt R12 5 H3 B3 R69 3 FA F4 R126 3 Di 8182 2 ES 42 R238 1 G5 U17D 3 C2 F6 C2 5 Di C58 2 D4 J4 CR22 2 C5 L19 4 H2 R13 5 R70 3 F4 R127 3 C2 R183 2 4 J4 R239 1 G5 P6 U18A 3 G5 5 01 59 2 02 CR23 2 R14 5 H3 5 R240 1 G5 P6 U18B 3 E G5 C4 3 F5
96. 00 A3W7 131 4566 00 BUS CNDCT 0 OHM 300 SPACING SM BODY 80009 131 4566 00 A3W8 131 0566 00 BUS CNDCT DUM RES 0 094 OD X 0 225 L 80009 131 0566 00 A3W10 131 4566 00 BUS CNDCT 0 OHM 300 SPACING SM BODY 80009 131 4566 00 131 0566 00 BUS CNDCT DUM RES 0 094 OD X 0 225 L 80009 131 0566 00 A3W12 131 0566 00 BUS CNDCT DUM RES 0 094 OD X 0 225 L 80009 131 0566 00 A3W13 174 2644 00 CA ASSY RF 50 OHM COAX SEMIRIGID 0 087 OD 80009 174 2644 00 1 158 0300 00 XTAL UNIT QTZ 12 MHZ 0 05 SER RESN 80009 158 0300 00 A3Y2 158 0415 00 XTAL UNIT QTZ 119 80MTZ 0 005 SER 5TH OVER 80009 158 0415 00 TONE ESR 70 OHM PKG HC 45 U A3Y3 158 0334 00 XTAL UNIT QTZ SET OF 2 2 POLE ML XTAL FLTRS CTR 80009 158 0334 00 A3Y4 158 0334 00 XTAL UNIT QTZ SET OF 2 2 POLE ML XTAL FLTRS CTR 80009 158 0334 00 1 671 1796 01 CIRCUIT BD ASSY GRATICULE LIGHT 80009 671 1796 00 A8A1DS100 150 0168 00 14 0 08 BASE T1 75 FOR SKT MT 80009 150 0168 00 MOUNTING PARTS 136 1119 01 SKLLPHLDR PCB LPHLDR FEM STR SGL 0 404 H X 0 218 80009 136 1119 00 TAIL TIN T 1 75 WEDGE BASE END MOUNTING PARTS 105200 150 0168 00 LAMPJNCAND 14V 0 08A WEDGE BASE T1 75 FOR SKT MT 80009 150 0168 00 MOUNTING PARTS 136 1119 01 SKLLPHLDR PCB LPHLDR FEM STR SGL 0 404 X 0 218 80009 136 1119 00 TAIL TIN T 1 75 WEDGE END MOUNTING PARTS 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 25 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part N
97. 0009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 6 151 0188 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 200MA 250MHZ 80009 151 0188 00 AMPL 2N3906 TO 92 EBC 7 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 8 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 9 151 0188 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 200MA 250MHZ 80009 151 0188 00 AMPL 2N3906 TO 92 EBC 10 151 0188 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 200MA 250MHZ 80009 151 0188 00 AMPL 2N3906 TO 92 EBC 151 0282 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 12V 50MA 900MHZ 80009 151 0282 00 AMPL 2N5179 TO 72 A3Q12 151 0719 01 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 20V 50MA 600MHZ 80009 151 0719 01 AMPL MPSH81 TO 92 A3Q13 151 0367 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 25V 30MA 1 0GHZ MPS H10 SPE 80009 151 0367 00 CIAL TO 92 EBC 014 151 0347 02 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 160V 600MA 100MHZ 56289 7916 AMPL 2N5551 T0 92 EBC T amp A 15 151 0347 02 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 160V 600MA 100MHZ 56289 7916 AMPL 2N5551 TO 92 amp 8 16 1705 Spectrum Monitor Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number PartNumber Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number 16 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92
98. 009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 7 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 8 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 9 152 0066 00 DIO RECT 400V 1A IFSM 30A 1 2VF 2US GP10G 1N5060 T amp 05828 GP10G 020 R SAF CONT 10 152 0066 00 DIO RECT 400V 1A IFSM 30A 1 2VF 2US GP10G 1N5060 T amp 05808 10 020 R SAF CONT A8CR11 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 12 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 D0 35 T amp R 13 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 D0 35 T amp R 14 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 15 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 D0 35 T amp R 16 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 D0 35 T amp R 17 152 0066 00 DIO RECT 400V 1A IFSM 30A 1 2VF 2US GP10G 1N5060 T amp 05808 10 020 R SAF CONT 18 152 0066 00 DIO RECT 400V 1A IFSM 30A 1 2VF 2US GP10G 1N5060 T amp 05808 10 020 R SAF CONT 19 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 D0 35 T amp R 20 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N
99. 05 R55 3 G3 225 4 F2 U13D 3 04 F3 C44 2 C5 J3 8 E4 F6 l4 2 E n Q100 5 R111 4 B5 R169 2 Jt R226 4 G2 N5 U14A 3 83 F5 6 3 F2 G4 C45 2 C5 J3 4 05 F2 L5 2 C5 0101 1 G5 P6 R56 3 R12 3 05 R170 2 F2 42 7 3 F2 G4 R57 3 FA 3 c2 G5 R171 2 J4 8227 4 G2 N5 U14B 3 03 F5 w8 4 2 CR10 4 05 F2 16 2 Ki Ri 5 A4 R58 3 F2 5 R116 4 85 G2 R172 2 D4 J4 8228 4 G2 U14C 3 03 F5 wio 3 6 C47 2 J4 CRI 3 4 17 2 R2 5 C2 A4 859 3 E6 R17 3 R173 2 E R229 4 F1 U14D 3 ES F5 Wh 4 E4 J 2 3 ES F5 18 2 5 C3 R60 3 03 5 R230 4 Gi 115 4 C5 F2 C49 3 95 3 G4 19 2 05 R4 5 8118 3 H3 R174 2 E R231 3 U16A 3 G4 w12 4 4 J C50 2 02 J2 CR14 3 G3 110 2 EB R5 5 Gi 3 E6 R19 3 G3 R175 2 W13 2 42 R62 3 F6 R120 3 R176 4 J5 R232 3 06 U16B 3 F2 C51 2 F3 J2 5 3 G4 Lt 2 R6 5 H2 B2 R63 3 03 6 R121 3 G4 R177 4 E4 Je R233 1 C5 3 G2 Y1 5 01 B5 C52 2 J3 3 H2 H4 L12 2 B3 R7 5 H2 B2 R64 3 04 8122 3 E G4 R178 4 R234 1 05 05 U16D 3 Y2 2 E J C53 2 D4
100. 05A Spectrum Monitor Introduction Table 1 1 Spectrum Display Cont Performance Check Characteristic Requirements Supplemental Information Step Frequency Bright Up Full Span has bright up and frequency Marker Registration readout without cursor Bright up area will be on screen in at least the next narrower span Readout Accuracy L Band 20 MHz Typically 10 MHz 70 MHz 2 MHz Typically 1 MHz Resolution 6 dB Down 300 kHz 300 kHz 1 Division at 100 kHz Span Div 10 kHz lt 2 minor Divisions at 100 kHz Span Div Video Filter __ Reduces Video bandwidth to 10 kHz 8 Low Noise Amplifier Block Down 18 5 250 Output through L BAND input Converter dc Supply LNB Power mA max connector switched on and off by rear panel slide switch LED indicator on rear panel 2 dB Gain Accuracy 272 dB Division lt 3 dB Division at 50 dBm 14 Table 1 2 CRT Display Performance Check Characteristic Requirements Supplemental Information Step Crt Viewing Area P80 X 100 mm Accelerating Potential 13 75 Trace Rotation Range Greater than 1 Total adjustment range is typically 8 from horizontal Graticule Internal 8 X 10 Division spectrum analyzer graticule with variable SCALE illumination Table 1 3 Power Source Performance Check Characteristic Requirements Supplemental Information Step Mains Voltage Range 90 250 V Continuous range from 90 to 250 Vac Power Consumptio
101. 09 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC A3Q32 151 0188 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 200MA 250MHZ 80009 151 0188 00 AMPL 2N3906 TO 92 EBC 100 151 0188 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 200MA 250MHZ 80009 151 0188 00 AMPL 2N3906 TO 92 EBC 101 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 1 322 3276 00 RES FXD FILM 7 32K 1 0 2 0 80009 322 3276 00 A3R2 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 322 3306 00 RES FXD MET FILM 15K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 CRB20 FXE 15 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 4 311 2232 00 5 2 OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 1450 GFOGUT 2K ADJUST T amp R 5 307 0446 00 RES NTWK FXD FI 10K OHM 20 9 RES 80009 307 0446 00 A3R6 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 9 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R10 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R11 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668
102. 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3097 00 IAL T amp R SMALL BODY 1878 322 3248 00 RES FXD FILM 3 74K OHM 1 0 2W TC TO TAPED 4 57668 20 FXE 3K74 REELED SMALL BODY 1879 322 3356 00 RES FXD FILM 49 9K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3356 00 1880 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A1R81 322 3121 00 RES FXD MET FILM 178 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3121 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A1R82 322 3260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 4K99 1883 322 3289 07 RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 0 1 0 2W TC T9 T amp R SM BODY 80009 322 3289 07 1884 322 3315 00 RES FXD FILM 18 7K 1 0 2 80009 322 3315 00 1885 322 3385 00 RES FXD METAL FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 91637 CCF501G10002F PPM AXIAL T amp R SMALL BODY 1705 Spectrum Monitor 8 9 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A1R86 308 0793 00 RES FXD 0 51 OHM 5 1WTC 150PPM DEG C MI T amp R 80009 308 0793 00 A1R87 322 3034 00 RES FXD MET FILM 22 1 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE2K94 IAL T amp R SM BODY A1R88 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A1R89 307 0746 00 RES THERMAL 5 OHM 10 7A DEG C 80009 307 0746 00 1890 305 0242 00 RES FXD CMPSN 2 4K OHM 5 2W 80009 305 0242 00 1 91 306 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OH
103. 18V c69 L 7 1 5 4 77 SHIELD 590 MH wis 2 z NOTCH 630 11 8V h na RESOLUTION FILTER amp LOG DETECTOR ena 9 U23F R149 10 0K 7406 10 0K 13 42 R219 2 gt R172 17 150 1000 210UH 11 8V 4 AUF ro ta MAC R155 cas C58 TEST R218 _L ces 3 32 R171 L3 AUF 15 AUF R202 R203 10 0K 200PF 100 0 210UH 243 0 2430 1 mM 777 300 KHz 4 32 1 207 lt 5 gt ETT GAIN HORE 31 2 90 coe m a 10 5 MARSA CR28 CR28 IL 1 3 R222 f M 1 1 T IN 1 15 0K 5 mu Cos 572 CR26 100 O1UF 2 R138 11 8V 10 0K R157 777 SHIELD SHIELD 202 0196 01 10 0K 11 8V L14 1 95UH U23E 0230 R150 MC13055 11 fa 10 9 fd 8 100 5 12 LMTR IN METER 5o Q10 R183 AM 7 ll ll 1 100 0 L 5 LMTR BIAS esPR gt R196 L15 340 0 64UH DET OUT bi Ne 047UF R167 l C56 7 10 1 cs nis 4 LMTR BIAS DET OUT 3 32 AUF T 10 KHz FILTER D cm L 1000 210UH 047UF C100 9 comp 15 NC t WF NC NC 11 8V 227 Ly ae 8 quan 5 comp 14 C38 L C37 C45 66 cag 40PF Ys Cer AUE CR22 10 7MHZ 10 7MHZ AORE 16 NC COMP VCC DATAOUT HS K 4 100 4 Li CR25 ZN L5 C52 72 Ce2 177 C64 19 CR29 Lio Eoo 210UH 1 95UH
104. 1UF G2 227 2 TEST 4700PF ONLY 1 4 R2 40805137 Pe H s m ae i T ze GND N GND 45 y u22 3 R201 14 16 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 267 0 2 3 t 5 oo GND u25 R145 Cas 5205 1 C34 C35 3 50 OHM SBL 1 17 4 O1UF O1UF O1UF 8 T 1 3 5 1 3 VISUAL AID R146 R141 4 5 6 R137 130 MHz TOP VIEW 11 8VF 301 0 301 0 221 0 IF TUNING 1 5 001 UF 12 10 9 2 4 6 8 20dB GAIN R173 28 Q12 750 0 L18 VISUAL AID 24NH TOP VIEW 2 e 4 75 2 4 6 8 cio L NOTE PINS 13 16 ARE THE MOUNTING IPF 12 m PINS FOR THE PART 120 MH R164 227 777 280 BUFFER R181 ais 1857 C55 75 0 R153 11 8V 1 3 5PF 301 0 Cae 15 18 117 001UF 50 OHM dedo GND N GND rags 360NH 360 2 16 14 GND poi 000 200PF TUNING M 6 our 12 15 15 119 8MHZ Qn 130 MHz re 7 45NH n BUFFER 2 8 50 s 2 1 14 CAS R166 Zu 75 OHM TOS C59 141 159UH 470PF 174 SBL 1X 9 2 R163 47PF R174 R206 2 221K 210K n 72 243 0 MAR 4 Cn ADJUST Cet 680PF 680PF 5 7 TRIPLER ed R170 R165 R154 M 3 1 OUTPUT TUNING R187 4 806 0 301 0 301 0 11 243 0 777 TEST SELECTABLE 11 8V RANGE 2 21K 3 32K R182 C51 C36 100 0 001UF 95 lt gt 1
105. 205AN DIP08 3 ASVR398 152 0227 00 DIO ZENER 6 2V 576 0 4W 1N753A FMLY DO 35 OR 7 TR 80009 152 0227 00 A6 119 4338 00 TUNER FREQ 950 1750MHZ OUT IF FREQ 479 5MHZ IMP 80009 119 4338 00 IN OUT 75 A10 671 3637 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CRT SOCKET BD 389 2115 XX WIRED 80009 671 3637 00 A10J1 131 5338 00 CONN HDR PCB WIREWRAP MALE STR 1 X 7 0 15 22526 65561 107 0 230 MLG X 0 285 TAIL 30 GOLD SIDE SID A10J2 131 5337 00 CONN HDR PCB WIREWRAP MALE STR 1 X 4 0 150 22526 65561 104 0 230 MLG X 0 285 TAIL 30 GOLD SIDE BY SI A10J3 131 5338 00 CONN HDR PCB WIREWRAP MALE STR 1 X 7 0 15 22526 65561 107 0 230 MLG X 0 285 TAIL 30 GOLD SIDE BY SID 8 28 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A10SKT1 136 1289 00 SOCKET CRT TUBE 1730 SAFETY CONTROLLED 55595 J890 131 0372 00 CONN RF PLUG 80009 131 0372 00 ATTACHED PARTS 210 0224 00 TERM LUG 0 2 ID PLAIN BRS TIN PL 86928 73 148 1 END ATTACHED PARTS 51 260 2465 00 SW PUSH 0 4A 125VAC W SLDR LUG BTN W YEL IND 31918 602844 ATTACHED PARTS 174 2648 00 CA ASSY SP 80009 174 2648 00 END ATTACHED PARTS 100 260 1780 00 SW SLIDE DPDT 3A 125VRM 80009 260 1780 00 MOUNTING PARTS 210 0201 00 TERM LUG 0 12 ID LOCKING BRZ TIN PL 86928 73 157 2 210 0586 00 NUT PL ASSEM WA 4 40 X 0 25 STL CD PL 78189 211 041800 00 QUANTITY 2 END MOUNTING PARTS
106. 22 SA105E104MAA 18 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 19 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 20 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 21 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 22 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 24 290 1295 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 16V 5 X 9 MM RDL 105 DEG BULK 80009 290 1295 00 25 281 0812 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 1000PF 10 6 100V 0 100 X 0 170 04222 SA101C102KAA IAL MI A3C26 290 1295 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 16V 5 X 9 MM RDL 105 DEG BULK 80009 290 1295 00 28 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 29 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 30 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 31 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 2 281 0772 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 4700PF 10 6 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 5 101 472 IAL MI 8 12 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3C33 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0
107. 22 3265 00 RES FXD MET FILM 5 62K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3265 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 52 322 3360 00 RES FXD FILM 54 9K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 54 9 53 322 3391 00 RES FXD FILM 115K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3391 00 54 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 55 311 2234 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET SK OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP TK1450 GFOGUT 5K ADJUST T amp R A3R56 311 2236 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 20K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFOGUT 20K SQ SIDE ADJUST T amp R 57 311 2234 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET SK OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 1450 GFOGUT 5K ADJUST T amp R 58 311 2232 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 2K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 1450 GFOGUT 2K ADJUST T amp R 59 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R60 322 3279 00 RES FXD FILM 7 87K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 57668 20 FXE 7K87 A3R61 311 2236 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 20K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFOGUT 20K SQ SIDE ADJUST T amp R A3R62 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R63 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R64 322 3421 00 RES FXD FILM 237K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 91637 CCF50 2F23702F 5 322 3239 00 RES FXD FILM 3 01K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 57668
108. 3 00 Do not reinsert screws in the rear panel when the instrument is removed from the cabinet 1 Remove the two bezel screws See Figure 6 8 2 Grasping the bottom of the bezel pull out and upward There are two hinges at the top of the bezel that hold it in place once the bezel is at an approxi mate 45 angle with the front panel they will disengage Maintenance Graticule Light Removal 6 20 and Replacement Remove these screws in order to remove the bezel Figure 6 8 Bezel securing screws For graticule light removal and replacement tweezers with curved serrated tips are recommended For example Miltex PL312 6 100 equivalent to PL312 or PL317 longer than PL312 CAUTION Needle nosed pliers are not recommended Replacement bulbs are supplied with this instrument as Standard Accessories Additional bulbs can be purchased from Tektronix see Replaceable Electrical Parts list or from local electronics distribution sources Procedure 1 Remove the bezel according to the preceding instructions 2 To remove a bulb position the tweezer tips on the thin flat portion of the bulb close to the plastic socket Carefully pull the bulb straight out 3 install a bulb hold it with the tweezers as described in step 2 position it in front of the socket and push the bulb with your finger until it snaps into place 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance Removal of the CRT
109. 3 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 A1C53 285 1437 00 CAP FXD PLSTC 100PF 5 1600VDC S00VAC 913 FKP1 100 1600 5 1 54 290 1275 00 CAP FXD AL 330UF 20 400V 35 X 35 105 DEG SNAP 80009 290 1275 00 IN BULK A1C56 285 1246 00 CAP FXD PPR DI 0 022UF 2076 250VAC 80009 285 1246 00 A1C57 285 1222 00 CAP FXD PLSTC 0 068UF 20 250V 37942 158 068 250 A1C58 281 0809 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 200 PF 5 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 SA101A201JAA A1C59 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A1C60 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A1C61 281 0768 00 CAP FXD CER DI 470PF 20 100V TUBULAR MI 04222 101 471 A1C65 285 1301 01 CAP FXD MTLZD 0 47UF 1076 50V amp AMMO PACK 37942 185 0 47 50 A1C66 290 1311 00 CAP FXD AL 10UF 2076 50V 5 X 11MM 5000 HRS RDL T amp A 80009 290 1311 00 152 0061 00 DIO SIG 200V 0 1A 700NS 4 0PF FDH2161 T amp R 07263 FDH 2161 A1CR2 152 0061 00 DIO SIG 200V 0 1A 700NS 4 0PF FDH2161 T amp R 07263 FDH2161 A1CR3 152 0061 00 DIO SIG 200V 0 1A 700NS 4 0PF FDH2161 T amp R 07263 FDH2161 A1CR4 152 0409 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 12KV 10MA 250NS CRVT150 AXIAL 80009 152 0409 00 LEAD 1 5 152 0061 00 DIO SIG 200V 0 1A 700NS 4 0PF FDH2161 T amp R 07263 FDH2161 A1CR6 152 0061 00 DIO SIG 200V 0 1A 700NS 4 0PF FDH2161 T amp R 07263 2161 A1CR7 152 0400 00 DI
110. 3 80009 156 1191 00 A3U25 119 2592 00 1 500 2 80009 119 2592 00 A3U26 156 1191 00 IC LIN BIFET OP AMP DUAL TLO72CN LF353N DIPOB 3 80009 156 1191 00 A3U27 156 0742 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR OP AMP HI SLEW RATE LM318N DIP08 3 01295 LM318P A3U28 119 4326 00 MIXER RF PCB LO RF 10 1000MHZ IF 5 500MHZ CVSRN 80009 119 4326 00 LOSS 8DB MAX 8 PIN A06 CASE A3U29 156 4200 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR AMPL MICROWAVE 8 2DB 80009 156 4200 00 GAIN 1 0GHZ MSA 0485 MAR 4 4 PIN X PACKAGE A3U30 156 0515 00 IC MISC CMOS ANALOG MUX TPL SPDT CD4053 DIP16 3 80009 156 0515 00 031 156 4200 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR AMPL MICROWAVE 8 2DB 80009 156 4200 00 GAIN 1 0GHZ MSA 0485 MAR 4 4 PIN X PACKAGE A3U32 156 4199 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR AMPL FM IF DET FSK DATA SHAP 80009 156 4199 00 ER W RSSI MC13055P DIP16 3 156 1149 00 IC LIN BIFET OP AMP LF351N DIP08 3 27014 LF351N GLEA134 152 0667 00 DIO ZENER 3V 2 0 4W DO 7 35 TR 80009 152 0667 00 A3VR2 152 0667 00 DIO ZENER 3V 2 0 4W DO 7 35 TR 80009 152 0667 00 152 0227 00 DIO ZENER 6 2V 576 0 4W 1N753A FMLY DO 35 7 TR 80009 152 0227 00 A3W1 131 0566 00 BUS CNDCT DUM RES 0 094 OD X 0 225 L 80009 131 0566 00 2 131 4566 00 BUS CNDCT 0 OHM 300 SPACING SM BODY 80009 131 4566 00 131 4566 00 BUS CNDCT 0 OHM 300 SPACING SM BODY 80009 131 4566 00 A3WA4 131 4566 00 BUS CNDCT 0 OHM 300 SPACING SM BODY 80009 131 4566 00 A3W5 131 4566 00 BUS CNDCT 0 OHM 300 SPACING SM BODY 80009 131 4566
111. 3848 00 END MOUNTING PARTS 107 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC A1Q8 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC A1Q9 151 1286 00 XSTR PWR MOS N CH 800V 4 0A 3 0 80009 151 1286 00 OHM BUK456 800A TO 220 MOUNTING PARTS 210 0406 00 NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BRS CD PL 73743 12161 50 211 0008 00 SCR MACH 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL 93907 ORDER BY DESCR 214 3841 00 HTSK XSTR TO 220 W SLDR TABS AL 80009 214 3841 00 1705 Spectrum Monitor 8 7 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number END MOUNTING PARTS A1Q10 151 0350 03 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 150V 600MA 100MHZ 80009 151 0350 03 AMPL 2N5401 TO 92 amp 1911 151 0528 00 THYRISTOR PWR BIPOLAR SCR 50V 16A RMS PHASE 04713 2 6400 CONTROL 2N6400 TO 220 1 1 303 0155 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 5M OHM 5 1W 80009 303 0155 00 ATR2 301 0225 02 RES FXD CMPSN 2 2M OHM 5 0 5W 80009 301 0225 02 303 0155 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 5M OHM 5 1W 80009 303 0155 00 A1R4 303 0155 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 5M OHM 5 1W 80009 303 0155 00 A1R5 303 0155 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 5M OHM 5 1W 80009 303 0155 00 ATR7 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY ATR8 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 100E IAL T amp
112. 4 C60 2 02 CR24 3 6 ON 1 FA P5 R71 3 F4 R128 3 8184 4 K5 R241 3 E1 G5 Ut9 4 B5 G1 C5 5 C3 A5 C61 2 K2 R15 5 R72 3 G4 8129 3 C2 06 8185 4 FA K6 C62 2 05 CR25 2 C5 18 P3 3 B2 R16 5 R73 3 F2 3 R186 4 G4 8242 3 Ei H5 U20A 3 02 G5 3 F5 2 C2 CR26 2 P5 2 H1 R17 5 R74 3 F2 8132 3 R187 2 R243 Di F5 U20B 3 02 G5 3 C2 C64 2 05 CR27 2 E4 P6 2 F1 R18 5 875 3 F2 5 R133 5 R188 4 C2 K5 R244 3 U20C 3 G5 C8 5 C2 C65 4 CR28 2 4 P10 2 E4 R19 5 B5 D2 R245 5 U20D 3 Di G5 C9 5 C2 CR29 2 P100 3 R76 3 G3 4 B5 R189 4 F4 R246 5 C5 E1 U 21A 4 B2 H6 C10 3 F5 C66 2 05 2 EB P101 3 D1 R20 5 C5 R77 4 05 F2 R135 4 B2 H5 R190 4 G4 C67 2 05 1 2 P300 5 C2 R21 5 C5 R78 3 05 R136 2 Gi H2 R191 4 G4 K6 R247 3 05 U21B 4 B2 H6 3 F5 C68 2 E4 14 CR22 3 04 R23 5 85 D2 R79 3 E5 R137 2 R192 4 F4 5 C2 U 1C 4 B2 C12 5 C69 2 B3 Q1 5 B5 D1 R24 5 B5 D2 3 R138 2 A4 H5 R193 4 G4 R301 G2 U22 2 Gi C13 5 2 E4 1
113. 4 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 0 235 MLG X 80009 131 4794 00 0 112 TAIL 30 GLD 0 035 DIA PCB 203 131 4794 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 0 235 MLG X 80009 131 4794 00 0 112 TAIL 30 GLD 0 035 DIA PCB A3J300 131 4752 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE 45 DEG 1 X 2 0 1 0 240 X 80009 131 4752 00 0 110 TAIL 30 GLD 120 0382 00 COIL RF 210UH 28 43 14 TURNS TEST COND 10 KHZ 1345 120 0382 00 0 115 MA A3L2 120 0382 00 COIL RF 210UH 28 43 14 TURNS TEST COND 10 KHZ TK1345 120 0382 00 0 115 MA 120 0382 00 COIL RF 210UH 28 43 14 TURNS TEST COND 10 KHZ 1345 120 0382 00 0 115 MA 14 114 0475 00 80009 114 0475 00 A3L5 108 0826 00 COIL RF 80009 108 0826 00 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 15 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3L6 108 0987 00 COIL RF FIXED 45NH 80009 108 0987 00 17 120 0382 00 COIL RF 210UH 28 43 14 TURNS TEST COND 10 KHZ 1345 120 0382 00 0 115 MA A3L8 120 0382 00 COIL RF 210UH 28 43 14 TURNS TEST COND 10 KHZ 1345 120 0382 00 0 115 MA A3L9 108 0826 00 COIL RF 80009 108 0826 00 A3L10 120 0382 00 COIL RF 210UH 28 43 14 TURNS TEST COND 10 KHZ 1345 120 0382 00 0 115 MA 1 108 0444 00 COIL RF FIXED 15NH 80009 108 0444 00 A3L12 108 0444 00 COIL RF FIXED 15NH 80009 108 0444 00 A3L14 108 0826 00 COIL RF 8000
114. 4152 DO 35 T amp R 21 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 D0 35 T amp R 22 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 8 14 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number PartNumber Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number 23 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R A3CR24 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 25 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 26 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 27 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 28 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 29 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 D0 35 T amp R 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 1 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 2 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R ASFL1 119 4325 00 FLTR BANDPASS 80009 119 4325 00 A3FL2 119
115. 4324 00 FLTR BANDPASS 80009 119 4324 00 A8FL3 119 2590 00 FLTR RFI 10 7MHZ 80009 119 2590 00 4 119 2590 00 FLTR RFI 10 7MHZ 80009 119 2590 00 131 3571 00 CONN HDR 80009 131 3571 00 2 131 4752 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE 45 DEG 1 X 2 0 1 0 240 X 80009 131 4752 00 0 110 TAIL 30 GLD 131 4752 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE 45 DEG 1 X 2 0 1 0 240 X 80009 131 4752 00 0 110 TAIL 30 GLD A3J4 175 9797 00 CA ASSY SP FLAT FLEX FLX 10 27 AWG 2 5 L1X10 BOX X 00779 487729 1 STR SLDR TAB CONN NON PLZ A3J5 131 2919 01 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 4 0 1 0 235 MLG X 80009 131 2919 01 0 112 TAIL 30 GLD 0 035 DIA PCB A3J6 131 2919 01 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 4 0 1 CTR 0 235 MLG X 80009 131 2919 01 0 112 TAIL 30 GLD 0 035 DIA PCB A3J9 131 0391 00 CONN RF JACK 80009 131 0391 00 A3J10 131 2919 01 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 4 0 1 0 235 MLG X 80009 131 2919 01 0 112 TAIL 30 GLD 0 035 DIA PCB A3J11 131 0391 00 CONN RF JACK 80009 131 0391 00 A3J100 131 4752 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE 45 DEG 1 X 2 0 1 0 240 X 80009 131 4752 00 0 110 TAIL 30 GLD A3J101 131 4752 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE 45 DEG 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 240 MLG X 80009 131 4752 00 0 110 TAIL 30 GLD A3J200 131 4794 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 0 235 MLG X 80009 131 4794 00 0 112 TAIL 30 GLD 0 035 DIA PCB A3J201 131 4794 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 0 235 MLG X 80009 131 4794 00 0 112 TAIL 30 GLD 0 035 DIA PCB 202 131 479
116. 5 4 88 to 5 12 V WS 15 V 14 0 to 16 0 V WA 15 V 414 0 to 416 0 V W2 40 V 439 0 to 441 0 V NOTE The Low Volts Power Supply troubleshooting is performed without applying ac power b Disconnect ac power from the instrument Disconnect the instrument from the Power Supply by removing the jumper from J4 c Use the digital multimeter to measure the voltage between and the tab drain of Q9 Be sure the voltage is near 0 V before proceeding Maintenance CAUTION Do not proceed until the drain of Q9 is near 0 V Dangerous voltage potentials are present in the circuit until the capacitors discharge 2 Rectifier Switcher Check a Use the digital multimeter to measure the voltage between TP2 and the tab drain of Q9 Be sure the voltage is near 0 V before proceeding Unsolder and lift one end of R102 With the negative lead of the digital multimeter connected to TP2 and the positive lead connected to the tab of Q9 measure the circuit resistance A resistance of less than 20 indicates a shorted mosfet Q9 If the mosfet is shorted replace it and perform the Control Circuit Check Using the digital multimeter diode test function test CR21 CR22 CR23 and CR24 for shorts Diode replacements must be fast reverse recovery 300 ns types to reduce conducted noise Reconnect the lifted end of R102 3 Output Check a Connect the negative output from the 20 Vdc Po
117. 5 dBm ADJUST R55 to place the signal on the extreme left graticule NOTE Ramp start amplitude step 9 should be verified after R55 and 70 MHz linearity are completed and the 70 MHz tuner cover is on All of these adjust ments interact and ramp start amplitude is critical for proper linearity f 1705A Spectrum Monitor Connect the signal generator output to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT through the comb generator 5 23 Checks and Adjustments 5 24 2 Set the signal generator Frequency to 5 0 MHz and the Amplitude to 10 dBm Position the first marker at the extreme left graticule ADJUST R49 R56 R48 then adjust R57 to position one marker per major Division over the 10 major graticule Divisions 1 minor Division All these adjustments affect dc level of ramp start in 70 MHz tuner 11 Adjust 10 kHz Filter 12 a Remove the comb generator and reconnect the cable from the signal generator to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT Set the signal generator Frequency to 70 MHz and the Amplitude to 25 dBm On the 1705A set SPAN DIV to 100 kHz adjust CENTER FREQUEN CY to position the marker onto the screen and set RESOLUTION to 10 kHz ADJUST C52 C62 and C64 for a tall symmetrical signal 6 Divisions Set RESOLUTION to 300 kHz and turn SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise ADJUST R175 to match the signal amplitude of the highest point of the 300 kHz filtered marker with the tip of the 10 kHz filt
118. 5V 4 75K 100 0 11 8V CRI7 ADJUST e 15V 11 8V Reo 500 T 1UF 100 2 118V R116 CR18 AUF 1 604 0 Ly 777 C22 i 604 0 T R111 5 pa our 2 gt 118V TN Ui ADJUST Miel R100 475K 15V See parts list for earier values and serial number ranges PART BOARD 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS lt 4 gt TO CRT VERT DEFL PLATES H2 8 TO CRT HORIZ DEFL PLATES H2 8 Schematic Diagram lt 5 gt Component Locator Chart The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram Assembly A3 and A3A1 Partial Assembly A3 also shown on Diagrams 1 2 3 and 4 Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Comp Diag No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc A3 R4 C3 B4 R133 1 R5 G1 B3 R245 C4 L C1 D1 A4 R6 H2 B2 R246 C5 E1 DS100 D5 A1 C2 D1 A4 R7 H2 B2 R300 C2 B6 DS200 D5 B1 C3 01 4 R8 H2 B2 DS300 D5 C1 C5 5 9 2 2 Ut D3 A4 G5 2 R10 H2 B2 U2 D1 B3 P100 D5 B1 U3 C3 B5 c9 G5 C2 H2 B2 U4 D3 B6 P200 D5 A1 C12 B4 R12 H3 B3 U5 G5 C3 P800 D5 C1 C13 C4 C6 R13 H3 B3 C16 06 R14 H3 5 U6 G2 17 5 02 R15 C6 U7A F2 CR1 B6 R16 C4 C6 U7C E2 B4
119. 6 Table 1 5 Physical Characteristics 1 6 Table 1 6 Certifications and Compliances 1 6 able 21 JB RELCIONCE Rete deque 2 8 Table 2 2 dBm tomy Conversion dus ie scere wx s Mete besten hy eor UP 2 9 Table 2 3 Azimuth Elevation Table for 21 CONUS Cities 2 18 Table 3 1 Internal Jumper Selection 3 2 Table 5 1 Preliminary Control Settings c us e e eh ed ente De eot tu add 5 6 Table 5 2 Preliminary Control Settings 25 ces pote ER eR E IRR UR ERE EA 5 18 Table 6 1 Static Susceptibility cux ee ot te P EIE RO ER re Ob e 6 2 Table 6 2 Power Supply Fault Symptoms 6 12 Table 6 3 Low Volts Supply Voltages 525545 ees EE HAS ev SERE EE 6 13 Table 6 4 Control Circuit Test POIs ose rt ett C ese P RE S e do 6 15 Table 6 5 High Volts Supply Fault Symptoms 6 16 Table 6 6 High Voltage Oscillator Test Points 6 17 Table 6 7 Test Selectable Components 6 19 Table 7 1 Power Cord Options 5655 t easet eere E 7 1 viii 1705A Spectrum Monitor a General Safety Summary To Avoid Fire or Personal Injury 1705A Spectrum Monitor Review the following safety precautions to avoi
120. 60 161 0216 00 8041073 1 CAASSY PWR 3 18 AWG 2 5M L BLACK 80126 C7120 25M BL STANDARD ONLY OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 161 0215 00 1 CAASSY PWR 3 0 75MU 2 5MM L GREY 80009 161 0215 00 EUROPEAN OPTION A1 ONLY 161 0066 10 1 CAASSY PWR TK1373 24230 UNITED KINGDOM OPTION A2 ONLY 161 0066 11 1 CAASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 250V 10A 2 5 ME 80009 161 0066 11 TER STR IEC320 RCPT AUSTRALIA SAF CONT AUSTRALIAN OPTION A3 ONLY 161 0066 12 1 CA ASSY PWR 3 18 AWG 250V 10A 98 70903 CH 77893 INCH STR IEC320 RCPT X NEMA 6 15P US SAF CONT NORTH AMERICAN OPTION A4 ONLY 161 0212 00 1 CAASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 220V2 5 METERS TK1179 865420000 SWISS OPTION A5 ONLY VIEWING HOOD 80009 016 0475 00 ADAPTER CONN BNC FEM F SERIES MALE 80009 103 0158 00 COVER FRONT 1700F02 HOT STAMPED 80009 200 3897 01 CAMERA SCOPE C9 OPTION 20 ONLY PLAIN CASE 1700F00 PTD CASE ASSY 1700F02 RACK ADAPTER 1700F05 FILLER PANEL 1700F06 DRAWER UTILITY 1700F07 016 0475 00 103 0158 00 200 3897 01 10 6 1705A Spectrum Monitor Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com 1705A Spectrum Monitor Sid
121. 71 5 192 283 0643 00 CAP FXD MICA DI 22PF 0 5 500V 80009 283 0643 00 5 194 283 0782 00 CAP FXD MICA 01 39 PF 5 500V 80009 283 0782 00 5 196 283 0782 00 CAP FXD MICA 01 39 PF 5 500V 80009 283 0782 00 5 198 283 0027 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 02UF 20 50V 05397 203 5 5 5 199 283 0643 00 CAP FXD MICA DI 22PF 0 576 500V 80009 283 0643 00 5 279 281 0812 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 1000PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 04222 5 101 102 IAL MI 5 281 281 0814 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 100 PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 80009 281 0814 00 5 282 281 0823 00 CAP FXD CER DI 470PF 10 50V 04222 101 471 5 283 281 0823 00 CAP FXD CER DI 470PF 10 50V 04222 5 101 471 5 284 281 0823 00 CAP FXD CER DI 470PF 10 50V 04222 101 471 5 285 281 0537 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 68PF 20 500V 0 170 X 0 187 AX 80009 281 0537 00 IAL T amp R 5 286 281 0537 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 68PF 20 500V 0 170 X 0 187 AX 80009 281 0537 00 IAL T amp R 5 290 283 0637 00 CAP FXD MICA DI 20PF 2 5 500V 80009 283 0637 00 5 292 283 0637 00 CAP FXD MICA DI 20PF 2 5 500V 80009 283 0637 00 5 295 281 0772 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 4700PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 5 101 472 IAL MI 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 27 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number 5 298 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V
122. 80009 150 1290 00 206127 PART OF A2DS126 A2DS128 PART OF A2DS126 206133 150 1286 00 LED ASSY DIR 2 IN 2 GRN 80009 150 1286 00 A2DS185 PART OF 205133 8 10 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number 205213 150 1283 00 LED ASSY DIR 1 IN 1 80009 150 1283 00 205313 150 1289 00 LED ASSY DIR 2 IN 3 GRN 80009 150 1289 00 20634 PART OF 205313 A2P112 175 9773 01 CA ASSY SP ELEC 34 26 AWG 5 0 L TK1462 ORDER BY DESCR A2R211 311 2540 00 RES VAR PNL CP 20K OHM 20 0 5W LINEAR W 12697 311 2540 00 GROUNDING LUG 0 5 IN DIA ATTACHED PARTS 214 4725 00 SPRING COMPRESSION SPRING 0 026 302 STAINLESS 8 345 214 4725 00 STEEL 0 313 0 0A0 366 1701 01 KNOB GY 0 127 ID X 0 392 OD X 0 4 80009 366 1701 01 END ATTACHED PARTS A2R235 311 2287 00 RES VAR NONWW PNL 20K 10 0 5W 12697 45210 ATTACHED PARTS 366 0665 00 KNOB GRAY 0 41 ID X 0 546 OD X 0 67 H 80009 366 0665 00 END ATTACHED PARTS A2R343 322 3342 00 RES FXD FILM 35 7K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 35 7 A2R411 311 2540 00 RES VAR PNL CP 20K OHM 20 0 5W LINEAR W 12697 311 2540 00 GROUNDING LUG 0 5 IN DIA ATTACHED PARTS 214 4725 00 SPRING COMPRESSION SPRING 0 026 302 STAINLESS 8 345 214 4725 00 STEEL 0 313 0 0A0 366 1701 01 KNOB GY 0 127 ID X 0 392 OD X 0 4 80009 366 1701 01
123. 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 111 311 2230 00 5 500 OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 450 500 ADJUST T amp R 112 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A8R113 311 2229 00 RES VAR NONWW TRMR 250 OHM 20 0 5W LIN TK1450 GFO6UT 250 116 322 3172 00 RES FXD FILM 604 1 0 2 0 57668 20 FXE 604E 117 322 3165 00 RES FXD FILM 511 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 511E 118 322 3281 00 RES FXD MET FILM 8 25K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3281 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R119 322 3281 00 RES FXD MET FILM 8 25K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3281 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 120 322 3306 00 RES FXD MET FILM 15K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 15 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 121 322 3165 00 RES FXD FILM 511 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 20 FXE 511E 122 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 123 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 8 20 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3R124 322 3269 02 RES FXD FILM 6 19K OHM 0 2W 5 80009 322 3269 02 125 322 3299 00 RES FXD FILM 12 7
124. 8K 1 0 2 0 91637 CCF50 2F17801F A3R307 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R308 322 3164 00 RES FXD FILM 499 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 499E A3R309 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1 120 1907 00 XFMR RF BALUN R 1 1 RNG 20M 600MHZ INSR 80009 120 1907 00 LOSS 10DB PKG 7 2MM SQ 6 8MM HI 156 2489 00 CONV CMOS A D 8 BIT 32US SAR DIFF IN SER 80009 156 2489 00 OUT ADC0831 DIP08 3 A3U2 156 1684 01 MICROCKT DGTL MICROCOMPUTER 8 BIT 80009 156 1684 01 156 0991 02 IC LIN BIPOLAR VR POS 5 0V 100MA 5 80009 156 0991 02 MC78LOSACP TO 92 T amp A 156 2029 00 IC MEM NMOS NVRAM 16 X 16 SER DATA X2443 DIP8 60395 2444 MOUNTING PARTS 136 0727 00 SKT PL IN ELEK MICROCKT 8 CONT 09922 DILB8P 108 END MOUNTING PARTS A3U5 156 1150 01 IC LIN BIPOLAR VR NEG 5 0V 100MA 4 80009 156 1150 01 MC79LOSACP TO 92 T amp R A3U6 156 1664 00 IC DGTL ALSTTL FLIP FLOP OCTAL NONINV D TYPE 80009 156 1664 00 3 STATE 74ALS574 DIP20 3 TUBE 07 156 2091 00 IC DGTL ALSTTL GATE QUAD 2 01295 74 00 NAND 74ALS00 DIP14 3 TUBE 08 156 1858 00 IC DGTL ALSTTL LATCH OCTAL D TYPE TRANS 80009 156 1858 00 3 STATE 74ALS573 DIP20 3 TUBE A3U9 160 8789 00 IC DGTL CMOS EPROM 8192 X 8 27C64 27C64 DIP28 6 80009 160 8789 00 MOUNTING PARTS 136 0755 00 SKT DIP 09922
125. 9 108 0826 00 A8L15 108 0395 00 COIL RF FIXED 64UH 80009 108 0395 00 A3L16 108 0262 00 COIL RF FIXED 505NH 80009 108 0262 00 A3L17 108 0170 01 COIL RF FIXED 360NH ON FORM 276 0153 00 80009 108 0170 01 A3L18 108 0455 00 COIL RF FIXED 24NH 1576 80009 108 0455 00 A3L19 108 0395 00 COIL RF FIXED 64UH 80009 108 0395 00 131 3957 00 BUS CNDCT SHUNT 1 X 2 0 1 CTR JUMPER 0 2 H LOW 80009 131 3957 00 5 131 3957 00 BUS CNDCT SHUNT 1 X 2 0 1 CTR JUMPER 0 2 H LOW 80009 131 3957 00 6 131 3957 00 BUS CNDCT SHUNT 1 X 2 0 1 CTR JUMPER 0 2 H LOW 80009 131 3957 00 10 131 3957 00 BUS CNDCT SHUNT 1 X 2 0 1 CTR JUMPER 0 2 H LOW 80009 131 3957 00 100 131 3957 00 BUS CNDCT SHUNT 1 X 2 0 1 CTR JUMPER 0 2 H LOW 80009 131 3957 00 101 131 3957 00 BUS CNDCT SHUNT 1 X 2 0 1 CTR JUMPER 0 2 H LOW 80009 131 3957 00 300 131 3957 00 BUS CNDCT SHUNT 1 X 2 01 CTR JUMPER 0 2 H LOW 80009 131 3957 00 1 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 2 151 0188 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 200MA 250MHZ 80009 151 0188 00 AMPL 2N3906 TO 92 EBC 151 0476 00 XSTR PWR BIPOLAR NPN 100V 3 0A 3 0MHZ 80009 151 0476 00 AMPL TIP31C TO 220 A3Q4 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 5 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 8
126. A Spectrum Monitor i Table of Contents Werticalli Scales amet Ld A 2 7 Horizontal Scales 5 23 qe eth ade hd e ira Ree 2 9 Center Frequency Readout 2 11 Customizing Frequency Readout 2 14 Turning or Off Readout 2 14 Changing Readout Position 2 14 Changing Readout Frequency 2 15 Test MOde aces hans tan otha teens taeda eke 2 17 Locating Ku Band Satellites 2 17 Basic Operating Procedure 2 17 Installation 3 1 ers enin 3 1 Electrical Installation gt 2 x hr rece e bie e 3 1 P wer Source s enn erp tret sre ts ele eme Pare ee er ae we eee 3 1 Mains Frequency and Voltage 3 1 18 Volts For Block Down Converter 3 1 Operating Options use see ree el oa ree Pair erede 3 2 Mechanical Installati n 5 2 Cabinet Options esos eR Ero rece 3 2 CADIMGCIZIN pP 3 4 Rack Adapter uo EN teme tee 3 5 Custom
127. A105E104MAA A1C2 283 0021 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 001UF 2096 5000V 18796 DE1310Y5P102M6KV A1C3 283 0261 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2096 4000V 51406 DHR28Z5U103M4KV A1C4 283 0261 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2096 4000V 51406 DHR28Z5U103M4KV 1 5 285 1341 01 CAP FXD MTLZD 0 1UF 20 100VDC 84411 X674L 1 20 100 1 6 281 0771 00 CAP FXD CER DI 2200PF 20 6 200V 80009 281 0771 00 1 7 285 1470 00 CAP FXD PLSTC 80009 285 1470 00 1 8 283 0261 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2096 4000V 51406 DHR28Z5U103M4KV 1 9 283 0261 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01UF 2096 4000V 51406 DHR28Z5U103M4KV A1C10 281 0563 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 47UF 20 50V 0 150 X 0 290 AXIAL MI 80009 281 0563 00 1 11 283 0021 00 CAP FXD CER DI 0 001UF 2096 5000V 18796 DE1310Y5P102M6KV A1C12 281 0707 00 CAP FXD CER DI 15000PF 10 200V 80009 281 0707 00 1 13 281 0707 00 CAP FXD CER DI 15000PF 10 200V 80009 281 0707 00 1 14 281 0707 00 CAP FXD CER DI 15000PF 1096 200V 80009 281 0707 00 A1C15 285 1341 01 CAP FXD MTLZD 0 1UF 20 100VDC 84411 X674L 1 20 100 A1C16 290 1311 00 CAP FXD AL 10UF 20 50V 5 X 11MM 5000 HRS RDL T amp A 80009 290 1311 00 1 17 285 1341 01 CAP FXD MTLZD 0 1UF 20 100VDC 84411 X674L 1 20 100 A1C18 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A1C19 290 1310 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 160V 13 X 20MM RDL 0 2LS 105 80009 290 1310 00 DEG 5000 HR 1 20 281 0707 00 CAP FXD CER DI 15000PF 10 200V 80009 281 0707 00 1 21 281 0707 0
128. ARTS 1 290 0748 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 10UF 50 20 25WVDC 24165 501D106F063LL4 2 281 0819 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 33 PF 5 50V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 102 3300 281 0819 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 33 PF 5 50V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 1 2 4 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 04222 SA105E104MAA 5 290 1296 00 CAP FXD ALUM 100UF 20 25V 8 X 9MM RDL 105 80009 290 1296 00 DEG BULK A3C6 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 7 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 8 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 10 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 11 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 12 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 5 105 104 13 290 1295 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 16V 5 X 9 MM RDL 105 DEG BULK 80009 290 1295 00 14 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 15 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 16 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 17 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 042
129. AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI A4C684 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 1076 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI A4C690 290 0747 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 100UF 50 20 25WVDC 24165 5160107 025 7 A4C697 290 1311 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 50V 5 X 11MM 5000 80009 290 1311 00 HOURS RDL T amp A A4C782 290 1311 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 50V 5 X 11MM 5000 80009 290 1311 00 HOURS RDL T amp A A4CR481 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 D0 35 T amp R 4 485 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 D0 35 T amp R A4CR494 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 A4CR594 152 0864 00 DIO RECT ULTRA FAST 150V 2A 25NS IFSM 50A SOFT 80009 152 0864 00 REC BYV 150 A4DS698 150 1095 01 LT EMITTING DIO RED 660NM 50MA 15513 200 A4J698 131 4553 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 1 X 5 0 1 0 235 MLG X 80009 131 4553 00 0 110 TAIL 30 GLD 41 591 108 1385 00 COIL PWR IDCTR FXD TOROID 250UH 10 DCR 0 155 24226 121AT22503H OHMS A4L695 108 1262 00 COIL RF FXD 100UH 1076 Q 30 SRF 8 2MHZ DCR 0 23 80009 108 1262 00 0 75ARDL LEAD 40481 151 0710 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 1 0A 50MHZ 80009 151 0710 00 AMPL 2N6715 MPSW01A TO 237 TO 226AE A4Q482 151 0622 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 1 0A 50MHZ 80009 151 0622 00 AMPL 2N6727 MPS6727 MPSW5S1A TO 237 TO 226AE A4Q588 151 0188 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 200MA 250M
130. C 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 2K21 IAL T amp R SM BODY 95 322 3277 00 RES FXD FILM 7 5K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 7K50 A3R96 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 97 322 3360 00 RES FXD FILM 54 9K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 20 FXE 54 9 98 322 3260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K 1 0 2 0 57668 CRB20FXE 4K99 100 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A8R101 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R102 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 103 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 104 322 3165 00 RES FXD FILM 511 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 511E 105 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 106 322 3421 00 RES FXD FILM 237K 1 0 2 0 91637 50 2 23702 107 322 3356 00 RES FXD FILM 49 9K 1 0 2 0 80009 322 3356 00 A3R108 322 3265 00 RES FXD MET FILM 5 62K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3265 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 109 322 3269 02 RES FXD FILM 6 19K OHM 0 2W 5 80009 322 3269 02 110 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX
131. D2 B2 Assembly A10 Comp Diag Comp Diag No Loc Loc No Loc Loc J1 G4 B1 J3 H4 B3 J2 G3 A1 SKT1 G3 B2 L 1 L 1 R61 22 1 HV OSC amp 100V P320 IS PART ERROR AMP Te dde RM 10UF 10UF T 10UF 777 ed B5 C28 R66 R65 ut z lt vi 499K 100K JI ANN TRACE is 5 5KV 2 IN our 8 11KV POST 97 ROTATION 5 000K 15 5V C21 1 015UF 777 U2 7 741 Reo IE ad 6 04K ZN 95 6 6 3 4 100V C20 nam GRID DRIVE 4 470 R64 gt 10 0 100K R45 27 100K 15 Res 227 2 00K ceometry L as T AUF R48 15A Rios 3 01K A CR5 470 O1UF 777 A CR30 ZN piss E n 54 2 ANN jl CRT 2 40 04 c14 15V
132. DILB28P 108 END MOUNTING PARTS A3U10 156 2493 00 IC CONV 80009 156 2493 00 A3U11 156 1126 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR COMPTR OPEN 80009 156 1126 00 COLL 200NS LM311N DIP08 3 A3U12 156 1191 00 IC LIN BIFET OP AMP DUAL TLO72CN LF353N DIPOB 3 80009 156 1191 00 A3U13 156 0048 00 IC LIN 80009 156 0048 00 A3U14 156 1200 00 IC LIN BIFET OP AMP QUAD TLO74CN LF347N 80009 156 1200 00 MC34004P DIP14 3 8 24 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number PartNumber Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3U15 156 1451 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR VR NEG ADJUST 1 5A 4 6 LM337T TO 220 80009 156 1451 00 A3U16 156 1200 00 IC LIN BIFET OP AMP QUAD TL074CN LF347NJ 80009 156 1200 00 MC34004P DIP14 3 A3U17 156 3972 00 IC MISC CMOS ANALOG SW QUAD SPST 100 80009 156 3972 00 OHM 400NS DG444 DIP16 3 A3U18 156 1191 00 IC LIN BIFET OP AMP DUAL TLO72CN LF353N DIP08 3 80009 156 1191 00 A3U19 156 1161 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR VR POS ADJUST 1 5A 4 6 LM317T T0 220 04713 A3U20 156 3972 00 IC MISC CMOS ANALOG SW QUAD SPST 100 80009 156 3972 00 OHM 400NS DG444 DIP16 3 21 156 0515 00 IC MISC CMOS ANALOG MUX TPL SPDT CD4053 DIP16 3 80009 156 0515 00 A3U22 156 3047 00 IC LIN BIPOLAR AMPL RF AMP 20DB 80009 156 3047 00 GAIN 600MHZ NES205AN DIP08 3 A3U23 156 0153 00 IC DGTL TTL BFR DRVR HEX INV OC V 80009 156 0153 00 INTFC 7406 DIP14 3 A3U24 156 1191 00 IC LIN BIFET OP AMP DUAL TLO72CN LF353N DIPOB
133. EBC A3Q17 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 18 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 19 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 3020 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 21 151 0188 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 200MA 250MHZ 80009 151 0188 00 AMPL 2N3906 TO 92 EBC 3022 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 3023 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC A3Q24 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC A3Q25 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC A3Q26 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC A3Q27 151 0347 02 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 160V 600MA 100MHZ 56289 7916 AMPL 2N5551 T0 92 EBC T amp A A3Q28 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC 3029 151 0347 02 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 160V 600MA 100MHZ 56289 7916 AMPL 2N5551 T0 92 EBC T amp A A3Q30 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 80009 151 0190 00 AMPL 2N3904 TO 92 EBC A3Q31 151 0190 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR NPN 40V 200MA 300MHZ 800
134. Electromagnetic Field Immunity IEC 801 4 Electrical Fast Transient Burst Immunity EC Declaration of Conformity EMC High quality shielded cables must be used to ensure compliance to the above listed standards This product complies when installed into any of the following Tektronix instrument enclosures 1700F00 Standard Cabinet 1700F02 Portable Cabinet 1700F05 Rack Adapter An increase of up to 20dB in the displayed noise floor may be observed if this instrument is operated in electromagnetic fields of 3V M or more at frequencies of approximately 130 250 350 or 490 MHz 1 6 1705A Spectrum Monitor Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com Introduction Table 1 6 Certifications and Compliances cont FCC Compliance Installation Overvoltage Category Pollution Degree Safety Standards U S Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory Listing Canadian Certification European Union Compliance Additional Compliance 1705A Spectrum Monitor Emissions comply with FCC Code of Federal Regulations 47 Part 15 Subpart B Class A Limits Terminals on this product may have different installation overvoltage category designations The installation categories are CAT III Distribution level mains usually permanently connected Equipment at this level is typically in a fixed industrial location CAT II Local level mains wall s
135. HECK that the baseline can be positioned to the 30 graticule line 14 Check 2 dB Div Gain g CHECK for more than 1 Division of amplitude change h CHECK that the noise floor can be positioned on screen Long Form Procedure 1 Preliminary Setup a Connect the 1705A ac power cord to the variable autotransformer Turn power on and set the autotransformer to the local nominal mains voltage 110 V or 220 V Allow 15 minutes for warm up time before continu ing b Set up the 1705A as shown in Table 5 1 1705 Spectrum Monitor 5 5 Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com Checks and Adjustments Table 5 1 Preliminary Control Settings POWER ON INTENSITY Set to Preference FOCUS SCALE VERTICAL POSITION Set later HORIZONTAL POSITION INPUT 70 MHz RESOLUTION 300 kHz VIDEO off SPAN DIV FULL CENTER FREQUENCY anywhere SWEEP SPEED oa oa VARIABLE AUTOTRANSFORMER 70 MHz Comb INPUT Generator Figure 5 1 Initial equipment connections 5 6 1705 Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments Connect the leveled sine wave generator output to the comb generator Connect the comb generator output to the 1705A rear panel 70 MHz INPUT See Figure 5 1 2 Check Power Supply Operation REQUIREMENT Check ac input range 90 250 V a Set
136. HZ 80009 151 0188 00 AMPL 2N3906 TO 92 EBC A4Q596 151 0462 00 XSTR PWR BIPOLAR PNP 100V 3 0A 3 0MHZ AMPL TIP30C 80009 151 0462 00 TIP32C TO 220 A4Q783 151 0188 00 XSTR SIG BIPOLAR PNP 40V 200MA 250MHZ 80009 151 0188 00 AMPL 2N3906 TO 92 EBC A4R485 322 3162 00 RES FXD MET FILM 475 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3162 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R494 322 3083 00 RES FXD FILM 71 5 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 20 FXE 7125 8 26 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A4R581 322 3210 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1 5K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 1K50 IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R585 322 3162 00 RES FXD MET FILM 475 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3162 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R586 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R587 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R588 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R680 322 3277 00 RES FXD FILM 7 5K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 57668 20 FXE 7K50 A4R681 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A4R682 322 3426 00 RES FXD FILM 267K OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 91637 CCF50 2F26702F A4R685 322 3306 00 RES FXD MET FILM 15K OHM 1
137. IAL T amp R SM BODY 226 322 3342 00 RES FXD FILM 35 7K 1 0 2 0 57668 CRB20 FXE 35 7 227 322 3361 00 RES FXD MET FILM 56 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 91637 50 2 56201 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R228 322 3277 00 RES FXD FILM 7 5K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20FXE 7K50 A3R229 322 3269 02 RES FXD FILM 6 19K OHM 0 2W 5 80009 322 3269 02 A3R230 322 3269 02 RES FXD FILM 6 19K OHM 0 2W 5 80009 322 3269 02 231 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R232 311 2231 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 1K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 1450 GFOGUT 1K ADJUST T amp R 233 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 234 322 3326 00 RES FXD FILM 24 3K 1 0 2 0 91637 CCF50 2F24301F 235 322 3239 00 RES FXD FILM 3 01K 1 0 2 0 57668 20 1 236 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 237 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 238 322 3254 00 RES FXD FILM 4 32K 1 0 2 0 80009 322 3254 00 1705A Spectrum Monitor 8 23 Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3R239 311 2234 00 RES
138. INPUT L BAND or 70 MHz A push button switch to select either the L BAND 900 to 2000 MHz or the 70 MHz 45 to 100 MHz input for display Indicator lights show which input is displayed 2 1 Operating Instructions SPAN DIV 10 FULL MHz qu O Figure 2 1 1705A front panel refer to text for descriptions of controls identified with circled numbers SWEEP 4 SWEEP SPEED A variable control that sets the sweep repetition rate which is typically between 20 and 200 ms 5 CENTER FREQUENCY A ten turn variable control that determines the center frequency of the displayed portion of the spectrum 2 2 1705A Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions DISPLAY 1705A Spectrum Monitor 6 10 SPAN DIV Two push button switches left and right that select the calibrated span per division Each span is indicated by a front panel LED FULL Provides a span of 50 MHz per division for the L Band 900 2000 MHz input and 5 MHz per division 45 to 100 MHz for the 70 MHz input 10 MHz Sets display span to 10 MHz per division Displays a maximum of 120 MHz for one full sweep not available for the 70 MHz input The 100 MHz portion of the sweep that is displayed is dependent on the setting of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control 1 MHz Sets display span to 1 MHz per divis
139. Installation ea hee ere Ra haere de aon eee 3 8 Theory of Operation Section 4 Theory of 4 1 OVEIVIEW Du EE Te s 4 1 Block Diagranr Tea qued ee d 4 1 RF Input Circuits Diagram 1 4 1 IF Amplifier Circuits Diagram 2 4 2 Sweep Generator Circuits Diagram 3 4 2 Deflection Amplifiers Diagram 4 4 3 Microprocessor Diagram 5 4 3 Front Panel Diagram 6 4 3 Low Voltage Power Supply Diagram 7 4 3 High Voltage Diagram 8 4 4 RF Input Didgram L6 eds dei soaps 4 4 er een 4 4 70 MHZ Input uus aa 4 4 70 MHz Local Oscillator 4 5 IF Amplifier Diagram 2 uo e Maas ae 4 5 2nd Local Oscillator sc cse e 4 5 Input Filter Mixer and IF 4 6 Resolution Filter and Log Detector 4 6 Sweep Generator Diagram Ee 4 7 ii
140. K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20FXE 7K50 ASR184 317 0511 00 RES FXD CMPSN 510 OHM 5 0 125W 80009 317 0511 00 58279 317 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 125W 80009 317 0104 00 A5R281 317 0300 00 RES FXD CMPSN 30 OHM 5 0 125W 80009 317 0300 00 A5R291 322 3012 00 RES FXD FILM 13 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20FXE301E A5R292 322 3130 00 RES FXD MET FILM 221 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3130 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY ASR293 322 3012 00 RES FXD FILM 13 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20FXE301E 58297 322 3034 00 RES FXD MET FILM 22 1 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE2K94 IAL T amp R SM BODY ASR298 322 3105 00 RES FXD MET FILM 121 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3105 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY ASR299 322 3034 00 RES FXD MET FILM 22 1 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20FXE2K94 IAL T amp R SM BODY ASR391 322 3012 00 RES FXD FILM 13 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20FXE301E 58392 322 3130 00 RES FXD MET FILM 221 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3130 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 58393 322 3012 00 RES FXD FILM 13 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 20 58398 322 3114 00 RES FXD MET FILM 150 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 91637 50 2 1500 IAL T amp R SM BODY AST187 120 1393 00 XFMR RF BALUN 80009 120 1393 00 50190 119 2592 00 1 500 2 80009 119 2592 00 50283 156 0534 00 IC LIN 02735 102 98 50296 156 3047 00 LIN BIPOLAR AMPL RF AMP 20DB 80009 156 3047 00 GAIN 600MHZ NES
141. K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3299 00 126 322 3481 00 RES FXD FILM 1M OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3481 00 127 322 3184 00 RES FXD FILM 806 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 806E 128 322 3360 00 RES FXD FILM 54 9K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 20 FXE 54 9 129 322 3260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 4K99 A3R131 322 3126 00 RES FXD FILM 200 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3126 00 A3R132 322 3126 00 RES FXD FILM 200 OHM 176 0 2W TC TO 80009 322 3126 00 A3R133 322 3369 00 RES FXD MET FILM 68 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3369 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 134 301 0160 00 672 1373 07 RES FXD FILM 16 OHM 5 0 50W 57668 TR50J E 16E 308 0344 00 672 1373 08 RES FXD WW 18 2 196 3 00213 12405 18 2 OHM 1 PERCENT 135 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R136 322 3114 00 RES FXD MET FILM 150 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 91637 CCF50 2 G1500F IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R137 322 3130 00 RES FXD MET FILM 221 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3130 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R138 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 139 322 3285 00 RES FXD FILM 9 09K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3285 00 140 311 2238 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET SOK OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 50 SQ SIDE ADJUST T amp R 141 322 3143 00 RES FXD FILM 301 OHM 176 0 2W TC
142. KER IDENT MKD HI VACUUM 07416 ORDER BY DESCR 51 386 6911 00 4 SUPPORT SHIELD CRT SHIELD SUPPORT PLASTIC 1740A 7X318 1365 52 348 0171 00 1 GROMMET PLASTIC BLACK U SHAPED 0 276 ID 80009 348 0171 00 53 343 0916 00 B041072 1 CLAMP LOOP 0 5 ID NYLON 34785 029 500 53 129 1308 00 8041073 1 SPACER POST 6 32 X 0 75 HEX STL CAD PL 54 426 2103 07 1 FRAME CHASSIS SAFETY CONTROLLED 80009 426 2103 06 55 211 0720 01 2 5 6 32 X 0 50 PNH STL TORX T 15 W SLOT 211 0720 01 56 211 0741 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 5 NYLON 13764 ORDER BY DESCR ATTACHED PARTS 210 1011 00 1 WASHER FLAT 0 13 ID X 0 375 OD X 0 1 NYLON 83309 ORDER BY DESCR END ATTACHED PARTS 1705A Spectrum Monitor 10 5 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Number Mfr No Part No Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name amp Description Mfr Part No 57 131 6014 00 1 CA ASSY CRT DISCRETE ANODE LEAD CRT 1 22 20093 131 6014 00 AWG 30KV UL3239 58MM DIA A NODE X 1 9 L 0 125 LEAD STANDARD ACCESSORIES 070 8222 05 1 MANUAL TECH INSTR 1705A 80009 070 8222 05 150 0168 00 LAMPJNCAND 14V 0 08A WEDGE BASE T1 75 FOR SKT MT 80009 150 0168 00 159 0021 00 1 FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 2A 250V FAST BLOW 75915 312 002 58 161 0216 00 8041072 1 3 18 AWG 2 5M L BLACK 80126 C7120 25M BL 58 211 0720 00 8041073 1 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 75 HEX STL CAD PL 59 343 0013 00 B041073 1 CLAMP LOOP 0 375 ID PLASTIC SAFETY CON TROLLED
143. M 10 2W 01121 HB1041 1892 306 0104 00 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 10 2W 01121 HB1041 1893 322 3402 00 RES FXD MET FILM 150K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3402 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1894 322 3402 00 RES FXD MET FILM 150K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3402 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 1895 322 3256 00 RES FXD FILM 4 53K OHM 1 0 2W TC TO MI SMALL 91637 CCF50 2 G4531FT BODY 1896 322 3356 00 RES FXD FILM 49 9K 1 0 2 80009 322 3356 00 1897 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A1R98 322 3289 07 RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 0 176 0 2W TC T9 T amp R SM BODY 80009 322 3289 07 1899 311 2239 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 100K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 2073 GFO6UT2 104 120 SQ TOP ADJUST T amp R ATR101 322 3068 00 RES FXD MET FILM 49 9 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3068 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY ATR102 308 0290 00 RES FXD WW 8 OHM 5 5W 80009 308 0290 00 ATR103 322 3452 00 RES FXD FILM 499K 1 0 2 91637 CCF50 2 G4993FT ATTI 120 1695 00 XFMR PWR HI V FDBK RESN 231V 100V 1MA 80009 120 1695 00 A1T2 120 1945 00 XFMR RF PRI 8UH 2 7 ON OFF VERT MT PC MT 80009 120 1945 00 A1T3 120 1944 00 XFMR RF 80009 120 1944 00 1 1 214 4085 00 TERM TEST 0 070 10 0 220 H 0 063 DIA PCB 0 015 X 26364 104 01 02 0 032 BRS W RED NYLON COLLAR 1 2 214 4085 00 TERM TEST 0 070 10 0 220 0 063 DIA PCB 0 015 26364 104 01 02 0
144. O RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 A1CR8 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 9 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 10 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 AICR11 152 0808 00 DIODE RECT ULTRA FAST 400V 1 5A 50NS BYD73G AXIAL 04713 1273 2 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 152 1191 00 DIO RECT SCHTKY 100V 10A 150A IFSM 800MVF AT 80009 152 1191 00 10A MBR10100 TO 220 4 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 5 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 1 16 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R 7 152 0400 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 400V 1A 200NS 1N4936 DO 41 T amp R 80009 152 0400 00 1 19 152 0141 02 DIO SIG ULTRA 80009 152 0141 02 FAST 40V 150MA 4NS 2PF 1N4152 DO 35 T amp R A1CR20 152 0897 00 DIO RECT FAST RCVRY 1000V 1 5A 300NS SOFT 80009 152 0897 00 RCVRY BYV96E T amp R A1CR21 152 1165 00 DIO RECT ULTRA FAST 600V 4A 50NS MUR460 T amp R 80009 152 1165 00 A1CR22 152 1165 00 DIO RECT ULTRA FAST 600V 4A 50NS MUR460 T amp R 80009 152 1165 00 8 6 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component
145. ODY 199 322 3177 02 RES FXD FILM 681 OHM 0 5 0 2W TC T2 80009 322 3177 02 200 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 201 322 3138 00 RES FXD FILM 267 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3138 00 8 22 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts Component Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number PartNumber Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A3R202 322 3134 00 RES FXD FILM 243 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3134 00 203 322 3134 00 RES FXD FILM 243 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3134 00 204 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 205 322 3281 00 RES FXD MET FILM 8 25K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3281 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 206 322 3134 00 RES FXD FILM 243 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3134 00 A3R207 322 3134 00 RES FXD FILM 243 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3134 00 208 322 3305 00 RES FXD FILM 14 7K 1 0 2 0 80009 322 3305 00 209 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 210 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 211 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 212 322 3222 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2K OHM 1 0 2W
146. R SM BODY 1 11 311 1256 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 2 5M 10 0 5 0 375 80009 311 1256 00 SQ TOP ADJUST BULK 1 12 315 0471 03 RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W 80009 315 0471 03 ATR13 322 3097 00 RES FXD METAL FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 91637 CCF501G100ROF PPM AXIAL T amp R SMALL BODY ATR14 322 3001 00 RES FXD METAL FILM 10 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 91637 CCF501G10RO00F PPM AXIAL T amp R SMALL BODY 1820 322 3248 00 RES FXD FILM 3 74K 1 0 2 80009 322 3248 00 1822 322 3329 00 RES FXD FILM 26 1K 1 0 2 57668 20 FXE 26 1 1824 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 1825 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 1826 322 3452 00 RES FXD FILM 499K OHM 1 0 2W TC TO 91637 CCF50 2 G4993FT 1 27 322 3300 02 RES FXD FILM 13K OHM 0 5 0 2W TC T2 57668 20 DYE 13 0 1828 322 3344 00 RES FXD FILM 37 4K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3344 00 1829 315 0470 03 RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W 80009 315 0470 03 1830 315 0103 03 RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W 80009 315 0103 03 A1R31 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY 1832 322 3452 00 RES FXD FILM 499K OHM 1 0 2W TC TO 91037 CCF50 2 G4993FT 1833 322 3300 02 RES FXD FILM 13K OHM 0 5 0 2W TC T2 57668 CRB20 DYE 13 0 1834 322 3222 00 RES FXD
147. RD Adjust On Board Regulated Power Supplies R99 11 8V R111 11 8V Adjust Horizontal Gain R168 Adjust Readout Position R27 Horizontal R29 Vertical Adjust 360 119 8 MHz L O C55 C69 L4 FL1 and FL2 Nee IP Adjust Ramp Size R113 10 Adjust 70 MHz Band Linearity R55 R49 R56 R48 and R57 11 Adjust 10 kHz Filter C52 C62 C64 and R175 12 Adjust L Band Linearity R35 R51 R58 R75 R81 and R82 13 Adjust Readout Range R4 14 Adjust Span Div Magnification Registration R27 Checks and Adjustments 15 Adjust Span Div Magnifier Range R38 and R37 16 Adjust Intensified Zone Range R61 and R36 17 Adjust Vertical Gain R176 R239 R240 and R232 18 Adjust 2 dB Div Position R140 19 Adjust 590 MHz Notch C69 Long Form Procedure Figure 5 7 shows the 1705A Spectrum Monitor internal adjustment locations PRELIMINARY SETUP Connect the 1705A ac power cord to the variable autotransformer Turn the 1705A power on Set the front panel controls to start this procedure as shown in Table 5 2 Table 5 2 Preliminary Control Settings POWER ON INTENSITY Set to Preference FOCUS SCALE VERTICAL POSITION Set later HORIZONTAL POSITION INPUT 70 MHz RESOLUTION 300 kHz VIDEO ON SPAN DIV FULL CENTER FREQUENCY anywhere SWEEP SPEED Al POWER SUPPLY BOARD Refer to Figure 5 7 for adjustment locations 1 Adjust 5 V a Connect the DMM negative lead to TP1 GND and the positive lead to W1 5
148. RIALS SYSTEMS DIV 05828 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP 600 W JOHN ST HICKSVILLE NY 11802 GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS DIV 07263 FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 09023 CORNELL DUBILIER ELECTRONICS 2652 DALRYMPLE ST SANFORD NC 27330 DIV FEDERAL PACIFIC ELECTRIC CO 09922 BURNDY CORP RICHARDS AVE NORWALK CT 06852 12697 CLAROSTAT MFG CO INC LOWER WASHINGTON ST DOVER NH 03820 12969 MICROSEMI CORPORATION 530 PLEASANT STREET WATERTOWN MA 02172 WATERTOWN DIVISION 15513 DATA DISPLAY PRODUCTS 301 CORAL CIR EL SEGUNDO CA 90245 4620 18796 MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICAN INC 1900 W COLLEGE AVE STATE COLLEGE PA 16801 2723 STATE COLLEGE OPERATIONS 22526 BERG ELECTRONICS INC DUPONT 857 OLD TRAIL RD ETTERS PA 17319 24165 SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO 267 LOWELL ROAD HUDSON NH 03051 24226 GOWANDA ELECTRONICS CORP NO 1 INDUSTRIAL PL GOWANDA NY 14070 1409 26364 COMPONENTS CORP 6 KINSEY PLACE DENVILLE NJ 07834 2611 27014 NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR SANTA CLARA CA 95051 0606 31918 ITT SCHADOW INC 8081 WALLACE RD EDEN PRAIRIE MN 55344 2224 33095 SPECTRUM CONTROL INC 2185 W WEIGHT ST ERIE PA 16505 34361 OMRON ELECTRONICS INC SUNNYVALE CA 37942 NORTH AMERICAN CAPACITOR CO INDIANAPOLIS ROAD HWY 240 GREEN CASTLE IN 46135 1 MALLORY DIVISION PO BOX 240 51406 MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA INC 2200 LAKE PARK DR SMYRNA GA 30080 HEADQUARTERS AND GEORGIA OPERATIONS 54583 TDK ELECTRONICS CORP 12 HARBOR PARK DR PORT WASHINGTON NY 11550 55680 NICHICON AMERICA CORP 927 E STATE PKY SCHAUMBURG IL 60195
149. Refer to Manual High Voltage Insulated Earth Terminal connection to the public telecom munications network 1705A Spectrum Monitor SS Service Safety Summary Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures Read this Service Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary before performing any service procedures Do Not Service Alone Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is present Disconnect Power To avoid electric shock switch off the instrument power then disconnect the power cord from the mains power Use Caution When Servicing the CRT To avoid electric shock or injury use extreme caution when handling the CRT Only qualified personnel familiar with CRT servicing procedures and precautions should remove or install the CRT CRIs retain hazardous voltages for long periods of time after power is turned off Before attempting any servicing discharge the CRT by shorting the anode to chassis ground When discharging the CRT connect the discharge path to ground and then the anode Rough handling may cause the CRT to implode Do not nick or scratch the glass or subject it to undue pressure when removing or installing it When handling the CRT wear safety goggles and heavy gloves for protection Use Care When Servicing With Power On Dangerous voltages or currents may exist in this product Disconnect p
150. Replacing the CRT 1705A Spectrum Monitor 1 Remove the bezel WARNING The crt may retain a dangerous charge Ground the conductor of the anode to discharge the crt Do not allow the conductor to touch your body or any circuitry 2 Remove the anode connector and discharge it to ground 3 Disconnect J2 trace rotation on the Main board and push the connector through the hole in the board 4 The CRT can now be pulled straight out some pressure is needed The CRT shield along with the rubber manchet around its back should come out with the CRT 1 Ifthe CRT is to be replaced remove the metal shield from the neck of the old crt and place it around the neck of the new CRT with the WARNING sticker towards the top of the instrument Be prepared to align the notches in the metal cover with the plastic CRT holder 2 Slip the CRT part way back into position and feed the trace rotation wires and plug back through the hole in the Main board CAUTION Avoid bending the crt base pins when pushing the crt into the socket 3 Slide the CRT into the instrument guiding the rubber manchet on the end of the shield into the rear CRT support 4 Align the socket on the A10 CRT Socket board with the pins and key on the CRT Gently push the CRT and the socket board together until the CRT pins are fully seated in the socket 5 Replace the trace rotation connector J2 Main board and snap the anode lead onto the anode connec
151. S319G D2 Q481 C4 Ai DS325 B2 Q482 C5 Al DS330 B2 Q588 E5 B2 DS337 B2 Q596 D4 D1 Q783 B5 B3 J303 H1 A2 R485 C4 B1 R211 E2 Ai R494 D4 C1 R235 F3 B2 R581 C4 A2 R343 D2 R585 D4 B1 R411 F3 A3 R586 B5 B2 R419 E3 A3 R587 E5 B1 R428 R588 D5 B1 R444 D2 C3 R680 A5 A2 R511 D3 A4 R681 A5 A2 R528 D3 B4 R682 B5 A2 S109 E1 A1 R685 C5 B2 123 F1 B1 R686 C5 B2 139 1 C1 R687 E4 B2 S311 E2 A2 R688 E4 B2 S345 F2 C2 R690 E4 B2 R691 E4 B2 R692 F4 B2 R693 F4 B2 R696 F4 c2 S100 G5 U583 C5 A2 W698 G4 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR 4 18 POWER SUPPLY BOARD J303 CONNECTS TO J1 A2 5 AS MAIN BOARD REAR PANEL LNB POWER REAR PANEL
152. SA safety requirements for electrical and electronic measuring and test equipment Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC amended by 93 69 EEC EN 61010 1 IEC61010 1 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use 1 7 Introduction Table 1 6 Certifications and Compliances cont Safety Certification Compliance Temperature operating 5 to 40 Altitude maximum operating 2000 meters Equipment Type Test and measuring Safety Class Class 1 as defined in IEC 1010 1 Annex H grounded product Overvoltage Category Overvoltage Category as defined in IEC 1010 1 Annex J Pollution Degree Pollution Degree 2 as defined in IEC 1010 1 Note Rated for indoor use only 1 8 1705A Spectrum Monitor Introduction APPLICATIONS Locating Satellites 1705A Spectrum Monitor The principal application for TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum Monitor is to provide a convenient method to locate and identify Ku Band satellites find the correct transponder and check on its availability and optimize antenna position ing and polarization The remainder of this section provides basic satellite communications application data Specific operating instructions are located in Section 2 Operating Instructions The communications satellites that the television industry is interested in lie in a band d
153. SCO CA 94080 83385 MICRODOT MFG 3221 W BIG BEAVER RD TROY MI 48098 GREER CENTRAL DIV 83486 ELCO INDUSTRIES INC 1101 SAMUELSON RD ROCKFORD IL 61101 86928 SEASTROM MFG CO 701 SONORA AVE GLENDALE CA 91201 2431 93907 TEXTRON INC 600 18TH AVE ROCKFORD IL 61108 5181 CAMCAR DIV 9M860 ESAM INC PO BOX 376 GRANTS PASS OR 97526 TK0435 LEWIS SCREW CO 4300 S RACINE AVE CHICAGO IL 60609 3320 TK0858 STAUFFER SUPPLY CO DIST TK1179 PANEL COMPONENTS CORP 1360 N DUTTON AVE SANTA ROSA CA 95406 PO BOX 6626 TK1373 PATELEC CEM ITALY 10156 TORINO VAICENTALLO 62 458 ITALY TK1543 CAMCAR TEXTRON 600 18TH AVE ROCKFORD IL 61108 5181 TK1617 CRAFT FACTORY PLASTICS 17145 SW ALEXANDER ALOHA OR 97007 1705A Spectrum Monitor 10 3 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Number Mfr No Part No Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name amp Description Code Mfr Part No 1 1 426 2102 00 1 FRAME CRT BEZEL 80009 426 2102 00 MOUNTING PARTS 2 211 0690 02 2 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 875 PNH SST TK1543 20 70430 END MOUNTING PARTS 3 333 3476 00 1 PANEL FRONT 80009 333 3476 00 4 378 0258 00 1 FLTR CONTRASTIN GRAY POLYCARBONATE 80009 378 0258 00 5 333 3989 01 1 PANEL FRONT 1705A 80009 333 3989 01 MOUNTING PARTS 6 211 0721 00 2 5 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 83486 ORDER BY DESCR END MOUNTING PARTS 7 175 9872 01 1 CAASSY SP ELEC 2 18 AWG 2 5 1 0 80009 175 9872 01 8 174 2168 00 1 CAASSY SP ELEC 18 AWG 4 0 1 0
154. SS INDEX MFR CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER Mfr Code Manufacturer Address City State Zip Code 06383 PANDUIT CORP 17301 RIDGELAND TINLEY PARK IL 60477 3048 06915 RICHCO 5825 N TRIPP AVE P O BOX 804238 CHICAGO IL 60646 07416 NELSON NAME PLATE CO 3191 CASITAS LOS ANGELES CA 90039 2410 0 01 STAUFFER SUPPLY 810 SE SHERMAN PORTLAND OR 97214 0J9P9 GEROME MFG CO INC PO BOX 737 403 NORTH MAIN NEWBERG OR 97132 12327 FREEWAY CORP 9301 ALLEN DR CLEVELAND OH 44125 4632 13764 MICRO PLASTICS INC HIGHWAY 178 NORTH FLIPPIN AR 72634 15912 THOMAS AND BETTS CORP 76 FAIRBANKS IRVINE CA 92718 ELECTRONICS GROUP 20093 FRC ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES CORP 691 CENTRAL AVE MURRAY HILL NJ 07974 31918 ITT SCHADOW INC 8081 WALLACE RD EDEN PRAIRIE MN 55344 2224 34785 DEK INC 3480 SWENSON AVE ST CHARLES IL 60174 3450 56501 THOMAS amp BETTS CORPORATION 1555 LINFIELD RD MEMPHIS TN 38119 70903 COOPER BELDEN ELECTRONICS WIRE AND C SUB OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC 73743 FISCHER SPECIAL MFG 111 INDUSTRIAL RD COLD SPRING KY 41076 9749 75915 LITTELFUSE INC 800 E NORTHWEST HWY DES PLAINES IL 60016 3049 SUB TRACOR INC 78189 ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS ST CHARLES ROAD ELGIN IL 60120 SHAKEPROOF DIV 7 318 KASO PLASTICS INC 11013 A NE 39TH VANCOUVER WA 98662 80009 TEKTRONIX INC 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR BEAVERTON OR 97077 0001 PO BOX 500 80126 PACIFIC ELECTRICORD CO 747 W REDONDO BEACH GARDENA CA 90247 4203 PO BOX 10 83309 ELECTRICAL SPECIALITY CO 287 WATTIS WAY SOUTH SAN FRANCI
155. TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 2K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 213 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 214 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 215 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 216 322 3281 00 RES FXD MET FILM 8 25K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3281 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 217 322 3235 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2 74K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 2K74 IAL T amp R SM BODY 218 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 219 322 3306 00 RES FXD MET FILM 15K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 15 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 220 322 3165 00 RES FXD FILM 511 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 511E 221 322 3165 00 RES FXD FILM 511 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 511E 222 322 3306 00 RES FXD MET FILM 15K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 15 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 223 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 224 322 3235 00 RES FXD MET FILM 2 74K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 CRB20 FXE 2K74 IAL T amp R SM BODY 225 322 3201 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1 21K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3201 00
156. TO 57668 CRB20 FXE 301E A3R142 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R143 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R144 322 3377 00 RES FXD MET FILM 82 5K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 91637 50 2 82501 IAL T amp R SM BODY 145 322 3024 00 RES FXD FILM 17 4 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 20 1 62 146 322 3044 00 RES FXD MET FILM 28 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 CRB20FXE9K35 IAL T amp R SM BODY 146 322 3143 00 RES FXD FILM 301 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 301E 147 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY 148 322 3177 02 RES FXD FILM 681 OHM 0 5 0 2W TC T2 80009 322 3177 02 A3R149 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 150 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 151 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R152 322 3258 00 RES FXD MET FILM 4 75K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3258 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 153 322 3143 00 RES FXD FILM 301 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 301E 154 322 3143 00 RES FXD FILM 301 OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 301E 155 322 3243 00
157. Test Equipment Depot 1 800 517 8431 Instruction Manual Tektronix 1705A Spectrum Monitor SN B040000 and Above 070 8222 08 Warning The servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only To avoid personal injury do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so Refer to all safety summaries prior to performing service www tektronix com Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com Se AEN Table of Contents General Safety Summary ix Service Safety Summary xi Preface arabes Beale xiii Introduction Section 1 Introduction 1 1 Typical Configurations 1 ene ken o Rio Bie 1 1 ODtIODS ee a Da 1 2 1 2 Standard Accessones c chia ESL ee 1 2 Optional c ist SE BAU SRO 1 3 Safety Informations oe see 1 3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION 1 4 APPLICATIONS a UN sacra aie Salt ReaD dS e 1 9 Locating Satellites eit ee A RS rers 1 9 Satellite 1 10 Using the 1705A for Satellit
158. ULATOR CIRCUIT SWITCHER MOSFET 99 R83 FROM 10 0K PEAK DETECTOR R84 24 9 US is a current mode pulse width modulator PWM current mode PWM uses two feedback loops The inner current feedback loop directly controls the switcher mosfet peak current The outer voltage feedback loop programs the inner loop peak current trip point U5 pin 2 is the inverting input of an internal op amp The non inverting input is set to 2 5 V by an internal voltage reference Current from the peak detector flows through R83 and R79 R84 provides 100 LA offset The voltage at US pin 1 will vary in order to maintain US pin 2 at 2 5 V The voltage at 05 pin 1 is modified by an internal circuit and sets the trip point of the internal comparator U5 pin 3 is the external input to the comparator R88 and C52 connected to US pin 4 set the internal oscillator to 80 kHz The circuit works as follows The oscillator resets the latch and U5 pin 6 goes high turning the switcher mosfet on The current through the switcher mosfet Theory of Operation Output Filters Error Amplifier Feedback Transformer Driver and Peak Detector Output Under Voltage Shutdown increases causing the voltage across R96 to increase This voltage is divided by R87 and R101 and is applied to the comparator pin 3 When the voltage at 05 pin 3 reaches the comparator trip point the latch toggles and the switcher mosfet is turned off This process is repeated at an 80
159. VAR TRMR CERMET SK OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 1450 GFOGUT 5K ADJUST T amp R A3R240 311 2234 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET SK OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 1450 GFOGUT 5K ADJUST T amp R A3R241 322 3224 00 RES FXD FILM 2 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 91637 CCF50 2F21000F A3R242 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R243 322 3481 00 RES FXD FILM 1M OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3481 00 244 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 245 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 246 322 3193 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 1K00 IAL T amp R SM BODY 247 322 3097 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100 OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 100E IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R300 322 3289 00 RES FXD MET FILM 10K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 80009 322 3289 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY A8R301 322 3315 00 RES FXD FILM 18 7K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3315 00 A3R302 322 3315 00 RES FXD FILM 18 7K 1 0 2 0 80009 322 3315 00 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY A3R304 322 3411 00 RES FXD FILM 187K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3411 00 A3R305 322 3213 00 RES FXD FILM 1 62K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20FXE 1K62 A3R306 322 3313 00 RES FXD FILM 17
160. XD CER MLC 1000PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 5 101 102 IAL MI 52 281 0167 00 CAP VAR CER DI 9 45PF 200V 33095 53 717 001 09 45 53 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 5 105 104 A3C54 281 0812 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 1000PF 10 5 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 SA101C102KAA 55 281 0178 00 CAP VAR PLSTC 1 3 5PF 500V 80009 281 0178 00 56 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 57 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 58 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI A3C59 281 0823 00 CAP FXD CER DI 470PF 10 50V 04222 101 471 0 281 0809 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 200 PF 5 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 5 101 201 A3C61 290 0920 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 33UF 50 20 35WVDC 55680 UVX1H330MAA 2 281 0123 00 CAP VAR CER DI 5 25PF 100V 59660 518 000 5 25 A3C63 281 0809 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 200 PF 5 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 SA101A201JAA 4 281 0167 00 CAP VAR CER DI 9 45PF 200V 33095 53 717 001 09 45 65 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 68 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI A3C69 281 0168 00 CAP VAR AIR DI 1 3 5 4PF 250V 80009 281 0168 00 A3C70 281 0773 00 CAP FXD
161. Y 25 322 3326 00 RES FXD FILM 24 3K 1 0 2 0 91637 50 2 24301 26 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 27 311 2236 00 5 20 OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 20K SQ SIDE ADJUST T amp R 28 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 29 311 2236 00 5 20 OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 20K SQ SIDE ADJUST T amp R A3R30 322 3306 00 RES FXD MET FILM 15K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 CRB20FXE 15 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY A8R31 322 3260 00 RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 57668 CRB20 FXE 4K99 A3R32 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY 322 3318 00 RES FXD MET FILM 20K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 57668 20 FXE 20 0 IAL T amp R SM BODY A8R34 322 3385 00 RES FXD MET FILM 100K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 57668 20 FXE 100K IAL T amp R SM BODY 5 311 2235 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 10K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 80009 311 2235 00 ADJUST T amp R A3R36 311 2234 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET SK OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 SQ TOP 1450 GFOGUT 5K ADJUST T amp R 7 311 2236 00 RES VAR TRMR CERMET 20K OHM 20 0 5W 0 197 TK1450 GFO6UT 20K 50 5 ADJUST T amp R 311 2236 00 RES
162. Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA 5 299 281 0772 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 4700PF 10 5 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 SA101C472KAA IAL MI A5 C389 281 0811 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 10PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 SA102A100KAA 5 395 281 0772 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 4700PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 5 101 472 IAL MI A5CR280 152 1187 00 DIO SIG VVC 30V 11PF AT 3V 2 1PF AT 25V 80009 152 1187 00 C3 C25 5 2 Q 300 1R 50NA KN3201 D0 34 T amp R A5E100 276 0569 00 CORE EM TOROID FERRITE 80009 276 0569 00 A5E101 276 0569 00 CORE EM TOROID FERRITE 80009 276 0569 00 ASE102 276 0569 00 CORE EM TOROID FERRITE 80009 276 0569 00 103 276 0569 00 CORE EM TOROID FERRITE 80009 276 0569 00 A5J400 131 0106 02 CONN RF JACK 80009 131 0106 02 A5L193 108 0311 00 COIL RF FIXED 150NH TK1345 108 0311 00 ASL195 108 0734 00 COIL RF FIXED 163NH TK1345 108 0734 00 A5L197 108 0311 00 COIL RF FIXED 150NH TK1345 108 0311 00 ASL280 108 0987 00 COIL RF FIXED 45NH 80009 108 0987 00 ASL284 195 1805 00 LEAD ELECTRICAL 26 AWG 2 5 1 9 1 80009 195 1805 00 51389 108 0311 00 COIL RF FIXED 150NH TK1345 108 0311 00 51391 108 0734 00 COIL RF FIXED 163NH TK1345 108 0734 00 51393 108 0311 00 COIL RF FIXED 150NH TK1345 108 0311 00 ASR181 322 3350 00 RES FXD FILM 43 2K OHM 1 0 2W TC T0 80009 322 3350 00 58182 322 3218 00 RES FXD MET FILM 1 82K OHM 1 0 2W TC 100 PPM AX 80009 322 3218 00 IAL T amp R SM BODY ASR183 322 3277 00 RES FXD FILM 7 5
163. _10M SPAN DN 5 psen 29 AD 7 ps 14 ANN LED 70M n LED LBAND 6 p s 13 RH P1 5 ALE P D mi 12 LED 70M 7 n 9 12 LED 1M gt cs E3 P1 6 TXD 2 lt 3 gt 7461500 Ds AAA 13 LED 300K 8 10 74ALS00 1 R12 3 4 PER RXD 9 LED CONT 1000 14 LED 10K 1 8 2 LED 10M y 1 15 NC ADCOBS1 UL gt lt 3 gt m 5 6 U7D 100 0 45V o po L5 4 16 LED ON R3 74ALS00 LED_100K gt 150 12 17 CFT CFT 2 T T1 T EN 18 FOCUS 3 1 74ALS00 R14 OCUS lt 4 gt m ni BH IN cs Rit 19 SCALE R133 7 32K JFULL LED FULL 68 1K TES MO Papa 5 ANN 20 S SPD SWPSPEED gt 21 INTENS NTENS gt lt 3 gt 22 2K 23 H_POSN HORZPOSN gt lt 4 gt CAL 11 8V 24 V POSN VERTPOSN gt lt 4 gt 25 NC Us us 20 0K 26 NC 78105 2444 20K 27 pi 1 4 READOUT 28 RCL Uto 299 T AN 7 sro 2 29 4 3 VREFA RFBA GND Pek VREFB 11 8V 31 4 02 ADO 14 Do 32 H32 11 8v ADI o our L2 42 4 gt R17 Uti AD2 12 3 3 34 4 2K 4 1 1 02 AGND 11 8v ADS 1 5 TL072 AD4 10 04 ADS oyn N 6 8 ps RFBB AD 7 07 o 16 lt 4 gt 11 8V 9 RO POS 15 d cs UTE AS gt BCE Ao 6
164. akes minor divisions about 0 4 dB each Since dB is a dimensionless ratio and there are several scale variations it is essential that there be some discussion of the various scales The unit of measure described as dB decibel is 10 LOG P1 P2 If there is a specific scale defined m k w p etc there is a specific reference point established The 1705A has input specifications in dBm which means that they are referenced to 1 mW milliwatt Therefore 30 dBm is 30 dB below 1 mW Table 2 1 is a handy reference table for dB and dBm Table 2 2 provides a reference for conversion from dBm to uv 2 7 Operating Instructions Table 2 1 dB Reference 09 199 199 398 ow om ous ow oam o 9e ear 2 8 1705 Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions Table 2 2 dBm to uv Conversion LL Horizontal Scales The horizontal graticule scales are divided into ten major divisions which are further divided into five minor divisions each The horizontal scale corresponds to frequency with the lowest frequency to the left Note the arrow in Figure 2 4 that signifies that the frequency ascends toward the right Both the 60 and 80 dB lines are subdivided with minor division marks Traditionally many spectrum analyzer measurements and specificati
165. also contains the 11 8 V Post Regulators whose outputs are used by most of the circuits on the Main circuit board The Post Regulators do not appear on the block diagram The unblanking signal from the Z Axis Control drives the Z Axis Amplifier The Focus Amplifier controlled by the front panel control provides a voltage to the crt focus ring The crt is of the Post Acceleration type which requires a relatively high potential difference between the cathode and post anode The boost in 214 anode voltage is provided by an encapsulated 4X Multiplier The High Voltage supply also provides the 100 V required by the Horizontal Deflection Amplifier Diagram 4 to drive the crt horizontal deflection plates This diagram has both RF inputs for the Spectrum Monitor The L Band and 70 MHz inputs are both off board subassemblies The 70 MHz input consists of discrete components on a small circuit board that is totally shielded The L Band Tuner is also self contained totally shielded and contains no user ser viceable parts The L Band signal 900 1750 MHZ is input directly to a tuner subassembly that contains the Tuned RF Amplifier mixer and Voltage Controlled Oscillator VCO required to produce the first Intermediate Frequency IF of 489 9 MHz The 489 9 MHz 18 IF signal is cabled to the Main board The tuner subassembly is powered by the 11 8 volts which is controlled by the Input Switching The 11 8 V to the L Band Tuner is disabled w
166. and rating specified for this product Avoid Exposed Circuitry Do not touch exposed connections and components when power is present Wear Eye Protection Wear eye protection if exposure to high intensity rays or laser radiation exists Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures If you suspect there is damage to this product have it inspected by qualified service personnel Do Not Operate in Wet Damp Conditions Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry General Safety Summary Symbols and Terms A Provide Proper Ventilation Refer to the manual s installation instructions for details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation Terms in this Manual These terms may appear in this manual WARNING Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in injury or loss of life CAUTION Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to this product or other property Terms on the Product These terms may appear on the product DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the marking WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product Symbols on the Product The following symbols may appear on the product A G CAUTION WARNING Double Protective Ground Not suitable for
167. cal Parts Section 8 Replaceable Electrical Parts 8 1 Parts Ordering Information 8 1 Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List 8 1 Cross Index Mfr Code Number to 8 1 Abbreviations esee 8 1 List Of Assemblies 8 1 Column 222225222 perte memet peer red 8 2 Component No Column 1 8 2 Tektronix Part No Column 2 8 2 Serial Assembly No Column 4 8 2 Name and Description Column 5 8 2 Mfr Code Column 6 8 2 Mfr Part 7 esros oo ba haere tied md oe seed bees 8 2 Diagrams Circuit Board Illustrations Replaceable Mechanical Parts Section 10 Replaceable Mechanical Parts 10 1 Parts Ordering Information 10 1 Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List 10 1 1705 Spectrum Monitor Table of Contents List of Figures vi Figure 1 1 1705A used to locate satellites and determine maximum signal level Figure 1 2 Relationship of a communications sat
168. ch 4 Remove the hex nut on the L BAND INPUT connector 5 Pull the rear panel free from the chassis be careful not to pull the unsoldered wires 6 To replace reverse the procedure Remove the blue multiwire connector from J154 2 Remove the two screws holding the board in place See Figure 6 10 for location 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance Removing the L Band Tuner 1705 Spectrum Monitor TO REMOVE FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY TO SEPARATE BOARD FROM THE FRONT PANEL TO REMOVE FRONT re ASSEMBLY Figure 6 10 Screws securing the front panel board A2 in place 3 Remove the board by slipping it through the front panel opening 4 To access the Front Panel board components a Remove the knobs from the front b Remove the four screws from the rear The board should now separate from the front panel making the components accessible Unsolder the five wires from the tuner 2 Unplug the phone jack from the tuner 3 Remove the rear panel L BAND INPUT connector hex nut See Fig ure 6 11 6 23 Maintenance Removing the 70 MHz Tuner Removal and Replacement of the Main 6 24 Board Remove these screws to remove 70MHZ Turner Remove these screws Remove this nut to remove A3 Main bd to remove L Band Turner Figure 6 11 Screws holding the Main board and the Tuners A5 and in place 4 Remove the six screws that hold the cover on the 70 MH
169. control is turned from one end to the other the output of U14A will move from about to 2 V which is approximately the range of the ramp at U24B In any SPAN DIV setting other than FULL analog switch U17A is closed and the output of U14A provides an offset voltage to move the attenuated ramp at the output of U18A over the range of the large ramp in FULL SPAN DIV When the SPAN DIV is set at FULL the output of U14A positions the bright up zone to correspond to the frequency displayed by the readout The output of U14B provides a voltage that offsets the ramp at the output of U14C In the FULL setting of SPAN DIV U17D an analog switch is closed and U14C provides a gain of 10 to both the ramp from U24B and the offset from U14B The bright up zone is generated when the ramp at the output of U14C passes through 0 V The offset voltage from U14B can offset the ramp from almost tip to tip thus moving the bright up zone over almost the entire length of the sweep U14D is an absolute value circuit Its output will be near the positive power supply unless the input from U14C is within 0 7 V of ground If the input goes above 0 7 V CR8 conducts and U14D becomes a non inverting amplifier with a gain of about 20 set by R83 R84 Rj and the divider R87 R88 Under these conditions the output goes towards the positive power supply If the input to U14D goes below 0 7 V CR12 conducts and becomes an inverting amplifier with a gain of 20
170. d to short across a component m High Voltage Probe 1 GQ input resistance Introduction The Troubleshooting Procedure for the Power Supply Assembly A1 is split into two sections the Low Volts and High Volts Supplies Start the procedure by determining which section of the Power Supply the problem is in Apply ac power and turn on the Power Supply From Table 6 2 determine which symptom the Power Supply exhibits and refer to the corresponding procedure Table 6 2 Power Supply Fault Symptoms Rectifier Switcher Check Low Volts 6 12 1705 Spectrum Monitor Maintenance Low Volts Supply 1705A Spectrum Monitor Table 6 2 Power Supply Fault Symptoms Cont Power Supply cycles OFF ON Output Check Low Volts or High Voltage Oscillator Check High Volts Does not power up Control Circuit Check Low Volts 5 not regulating Error Amplifier Check Low Volts Improper crt display High Volts Supply NOTE 20Q 2 watt resistor should be used as a load for the Low Volts Supply Disconnect 74 and connect 200 resistor between W1 5 and secondary ground 1 Preliminary Checks a A properly functioning and loaded Low Volts Supply will output the voltages listed in Table 6 3 Use the DMM to measure the voltages between and the voltage test points If the supply is not regulating properly continue with the procedure Table 6 3 Low Volts Supply Voltages Test Point Voltage W1
171. d injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it To avoid potential hazards use this product only as specified Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures While using this product you may need to access other parts of the system Read the General Safety Summary in other system manuals for warnings and cautions related to operating the system Use Proper Power Cord Use only the power cord specified for this product and certified for the country of use Connect and Disconnect Properly Do not connect or disconnect probes or test leads while they are connected to a voltage source Ground the Product This product is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord To avoid electric shock the grounding conductor must be connected to earth ground Before making connections to the input or output terminals of the product ensure that the product is properly grounded Observe All Terminal Ratings To avoid fire or shock hazard observe all ratings and markings on the product Consult the product manual for further ratings information before making connections to the product Connect the ground lead of the probe to earth ground only Do not apply a potential to any terminal including the common terminal that exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal Do Not Operate Without Covers Do not operate this product with covers or panels removed Use Proper Fuse Use only the fuse type
172. d on screen Return to FULL SPAN Turn the 1705 SWEEP SPEED control fully counterclockwise CHECK for more than 1 Division of amplitude change while switching the frequency generator between 50 dBm and 53 dBm CHECK that the noise floor can be positioned on screen Hold the VIDEO push button down again to exit the 2 dB Div mode End of the Performance Check Procedure 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments Adjustment Procedure Short Form Procedure 1705A Spectrum Monitor The Adjustment Procedure covers only adjustments Checks other than those that must be made to ensure a step is completed are in the Performance Check Procedure There are actually two Adjustment Procedures the short form version is provided for those familiar with the adjustments while the longer more detailed procedure is provided for those who need it Allow 20 minutes of warm up time at normal room temperature approximately 25 C before making any adjustments to the instrument The Short Form Adjustment Procedure has the adjustment steps in the same order as the longer form of the procedure so the Short Form Procedure can be used as an index for the Long Form Circuit numbers for parts adjusted in the step are also included with the step title Al POWER SUPPLY BOARD 1 Adjust 5 V R99 2 Adjust CRT Bias R58 3 Adjust Geometry R45 Center Focus R11 and Astigmatism R49 4 Adjust Trace Rotation A3 MAIN BOA
173. damage the instrument and cause overheating problems When working with instruments that are not enclosed in a chassis you must observe static precautions You must also be careful not to damage circuit board mounted components or interconnection wiring when sliding a sleeve over these products 3 5 Installation 3 6 Mounting holes Controls front panel Rear view to rack alignment Figure 3 5 The WFM7FO05 side by side rack adapter The rack adapter is adjustable so the instrument can be more closely aligned with other equipment in the rack See Figure 3 5 WFM7F05 02222222 ZZ 1700F06 Figure 3 6 A WFM7F05 with a blank front panel 1700F06 1705A Spectrum Monitor Installation 1705A Spectrum Monitor If only one side of the rack adapter is used a 1700F06 Blank Panel can be inserted in the unused section See Figure 3 6 The rack adapter and panel are available through your local Tektronix field office or representative When only one instrument is mounted in the side by side adapter an accessory drawer 1700 07 can be installed in the blank side of the cabinet See Figure 3 7 1700F07 Figure 3 7 WFM7FO05 rack mount cabinet with a 1700F07 utility drawer Installation Custom Installation For applications such as consoles shown in Figure 3 8 the instrument can be mounted with front molding flush or protruding from the console In both cases allow approximately 3 inc
174. deo signals that stand out And in a few cases the easiest method of identification may be the fact that the satellite is near another satellite that is readily identifi able Telemetry Beacons Satellites have special tracking or telemetry beacons that are easily recognizable on the spectrum monitor Not only do these assist in identifying the satellite but they provide an accurate way to set the frequency offset to correspond with actual satellite frequencies Figure 1 6 shows a typical Ku Band satellite telemetry beacon Note that the 1705A readout frequency can be offset to read the down link frequency in GHz Similar beacons can be found on some C Band satellites also Introduction REF Tek 12 20 GHZ 10 oor p pe espe sie pop arp p spon 11 Figure 1 6 A computer representation of the 1705A display showing the 12 198 GHz horizontally polarized telemetry beacon on the SATCOM K2 satellite Span Div set to 100 kHz with a 10 kHz Resolution filter Transponder Polarization Whether one or two polarizations are used can often be an easy way to identify a satellite For example a satellite with alternate polarization will have overlapping bandwidths similar to those depicted in Figure 1 7 In this example the center frequency of each transponder down link is given With the center frequency fo
175. e Random Access Memory NVRAM provides a method to store the current front panel switch settings at power down so that the 1705A can come back up with the last front panel setup CENTER FREQUENCY readout data is converted to digital data by an Analog to Digital Converter and then input into the microprocessor Readout data and the Readout Enable RO EN are output from the microprocessor The readout data is converted back to an analog signal by the Digital to Analog Converter All of the switching and external control for the 1705A is shown on this diagram Control voltages are limited to 11 8 V or less All switching is done in conjunction with the microprocessor Diagram 5 Indicator lights that are controlled by the microprocessor are also included on this diagram The 18 V supply that is designed to drive an external Block Down Converter is also shown on this schematic The On Off switch for the 18 V supply is located on the 1705A rear panel The Low Voltage Power Supply converts the mains ac line voltage to 4 dc output voltages 15 V 5 V 15 V and 40 V The 40 V is used to power the Vertical Deflection Amplifier Diagram 4 The and 15 V supplies are post 4 3 Theory of Operation High Voltag RF Input Diagram 1 4 4 e Diagram 8 L Band Input 70 MHz Input regulated to become the and 11 8 V supplies on the Main circuit board regulator circuits are on Diagram 4 The Power Supply schematic
176. e Communication 1 11 at ieee 1 12 Zeroing an on Satellite 41 et a RE LR ee 1 13 Locating the Satellite ssi 1 13 Identifying the Satellite 1 13 Finding The Correct Transponder 1 15 Optimize Signal 1 15 Looking at Exciters with the 70 MHz Input 1 16 Miscellaneous Uses for the 1705 1 17 Operating Instructions Section 2 Operating Instructions 2 1 Front panel Controls and Indicators 2 1 FITER CET 2 1 INPUTS oan tens vds Tet der Vere eds 2 1 SWEEP Cue eR ve Rees CASU TIT whee Re ds 2 2 DISPLAY ivan ois ORES Tet er Vae E EN 2 3 POSITION CAFE EE COR Re Ee ee EE EN 2 4 POWER x E MES TP Ee Uer Ve eu 2 4 Rear Panel Connectors 2 2 4 2 4 POWER eR Ee ue ES CARN Td ee V eus 2 5 Powenng p i295 9 RE RR ERG RETE Yen Teque 2 6 Measurement 2 7 1705
177. e Figure 5 6 SINE WAVE GENERATOR Figure 5 6 Using the UHF Signal Generator to check L Band Span Division Readout Gain and Flatness m Set the UHF signal generator Amplitude to 50 dBm and Frequency to 1000 MHz Set the 1705A SPAN DIV to FULL Dial the CENTER FREQUENCY until readout reads 1000 MHz CHECK that the marker is intensified Set SPAN DIV to 10 MHz CHECK that the marker is on screen Position the marker under the caret with the CENTER FREQUENCY control 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments 1705A Spectrum Monitor 12 13 CHECK that the readout still reads 1000 10 Set SPAN DIV to 1 MHz CHECK that the marker is on screen Position the marker under the caret with the CENTER FREQUENCY control CHECK that the readout still reads 1000 10 Set SPAN DIV to 100 kHz CHECK that the marker is on screen Repeat steps m through x substituting 1700 MHz Check L Band Gain and Flatness REQUIREMENT Flatness 5 dB from center 1400 MHz Relative Amplitude Accuracy 3 dB 100 MHz Typically 1 dB 100 MHz a Set SPAN DIV to FULL b Set the 1705 SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise c Set the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz and Amplitude to 30 dBm Position the tip of the marker to the 10 graticule reference line vertical scale d Change the UHF signal generator Frequency to 950 MHz e CHECK that the marker is on the same crt cen
178. e North American 125 V power cord and one replacement fuse 1 Manual Instruction 1 Adapter F type Male connector to BNC female connector 1 Power Cord with the correct plug for the selected power plug option 1 Replacement Cartridge Fuse correct rating for the power plug option 3 Replacement Scale Illumination Bulbs Tektronix P N 150 0168 00 or ANSI 73 1705 Spectrum Monitor Introduction Optional Accessories Safety Information 1705A Spectrum Monitor Camera C9 Option 20 Viewing Hood 016 0475 00 Front Panel Cover 200 3897 01 1700F00 Plain Cabinet painted silver grey 1700F02 Portable Cabinet painted silver grey with handle feet and front cover 1700 05 Side by Side Rack Adapter 1700F06 Blank Half Rack Width Panel 1700F07 Utility Drawer The 1705A Spectrum Monitor is intended to operate from an ac power source that will not apply more than 250 V rms between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor is essential for safe operation The instrument was tested for compliance in a cabinet To ensure continued compliance the instrument will need to be enclosed in a cabinet that is equiva lent to those listed as Optional Accessories for the 1705A A drawing of the 1700F00 plain cabinet is contained in the Installation Instructions Section 3 1 3 Introduction ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION Table 1 1
179. e an error message See Figure 6 4 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance ERROR CANNOT READ OR WRITE TO 2444 PRESS INPUT KEY TO EXIT Figure 6 4 1705A power up error message When this message is displayed any subsequent measurements if possible must be considered suspect DAC Test The DAC test is used to test the readout capability crt geometry and focus and provides a convenient method of determining if Trace Rotation needs to be adjusted Figure 6 5 shows the waveform superimposed over the crt graticule to demon strate its value as an adjustment tool The DAC test is selected from the Test Auxiliary menu by pushing the 1705A RESOLUTION push button The test in progress is exited any time the INPUT push button is pushed 1705 Spectrum Monitor 6 7 Maintenance Troubleshooting Aids 6 8 LED and Key Tests Foldout Pages Figure 6 5 DAC check waveform used to check Focus Astigmatism Geometry and Trace rotation setting There are two additional diagnostic tests that can be made The LED test alternates high and low levels on the control lines to the front panel indicators It can be used to either locate burned out indicators visual inspection of flashing indicators or shorted indicator lines by probing with an oscilloscope The Key test simply prints out the name of the key s function when it is pressed In both cases the test is terminated by pressing
180. e front panel LED drive the crt readout drive the graticule light circuit and the trace rotation circuit The processor U2 is an 8 bit 3 port microprocessor running at 12 MHz U8 is the lower order address de multiplexer for the Program PROM U9 U9 is a 64K UV Erasable CMOS PROM R5 is the bus termination assuring TTL levels 0 0 1 5 V Output enable for the PROM is the PSEN output from the microprocessor U2 pin 29 The lower order addresses from the processor ADO AD7 which are de multiplexed by U8 are from Port 0 the higher order addresses AD8 AD12 are from Port 2 The higher order addresses are not multiplexed Port 1 is a multifunction input output port Lines 0 through 4 are used to poll the front panel push button switches momentary ground closures to set up the measurement program Line 6 outputs the clock U2 pin 7 that is used by the Readout DAC and the NVRAM Non Volatile Random Access Memory Line 5 is the data transfer U2 pin 6 for the NVRAM U4 The Readout Enable RO EN that turns on the crt readout is output through Line 7 U2 pin 8 The Center Frequency Readout data from U1 the readout ADC is input through Line 5 also U2 pin 6 U1 is an A to D Converter ADC with successive approximation register It is used to convert the analog voltage level from the front panel CENTER FREQUENCY control to a digital signal for the microprocessor and the Readout Digital to Analog Converter DAC R4 is
181. e out positioning effect when the trace is repositioned The vertical output signal or the Y Axis readout drives the base of Q26 one side of a differential input amplifier The other side O28 is driven by the positioning voltage from the front panel VERTICAL POSITION control The signal from the collectors of Q26 and Q28 drive Q27 and Q29 common base amplifier stages The gain of the Vertical Deflection Amplifier is approximately 7 The gain normalized output voltage to drive the crt deflection plates is developed across R229 and R230 the load resistors Q22 and Q23 are a temperature compensated current source from the 11 8 volt supply Sweep ramp or X Axis readout drives the base of 017 one side of a differential input amplifier The other side 016 is driven by the positioning voltage from the front panel HORIZONTAL POSITION control Diagram 5 The signal from the collectors of Q17 and 016 drive O14 and O15 common base amplifier stages The gain of the Horizontal Deflection Amplifier is approximately 20 The gain normalized output voltage to drive the crt deflection plates is developed across load resistors R178 and R179 O18 and O19 are a temperature compensated current source from the 11 8 volt supply 1705A Spectrum Monitor Theory of Operation Microprocessor Diagram 5 Microprocessor 1705A Spectrum Monitor The 1705A is a microprocessor controlled instrument Circuitry on Diagram 5 shows the microprocessor th
182. ection 2 2 Determine the nature of the problem Attempt to make the determination of whether the instrument is out of calibration or if there has been a component failure Once the type of failure has been determined proceed on to identify the functional area most likely at fault 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance A 1705A Spectrum Monitor 3 Determine and evaluate all trouble symptoms This is accomplished by isolating the problem to a general area such as an assembly The block diagram is a valuable aid in signal tracing and circuit isolation CAUTION Use extreme care when probing with meter leads or probes because of the high component density and limited access within the instrument The inadvertent movement of leads or a probe could cause a short circuit or transient voltages capable of destroying components ROW A 24 and 34 pin circuit board connectors on Main circuit board Square pin connector on Circuit board Power supply circuit board mounted pins PIN 1 Moveable 10 pin plug Figure 6 7 Multiple pin connectors used in the 1705A Spectrum Monitor CAUTION Always remove the assembly from the instrument prior to attempting to replace a soldered in component See Corrective Maintenance for the correct procedure 4 Visually inspect the suspect assembly for obvious defects Most commonly these will be broken or loose components improperly seated components o
183. eflection Amplifier and the Gain Control SPAN DIV switching U20 Each switch in U20 selects a different value of R for operational amplifier U18A The gain is maximum at FULL 50 MHz per division and minimum at 100 kHz per division The output of U18A is a negative going ramp that drives the Sweep Shapers U16B and C form the Sweep Shaper that drives the L BAND VCO U16A and D drive the 70 MHz VCO The Sweep Shapers pre distort the VCO driving ramps to compensate for the inherent nonlinearity of the VCO The shapers have adjustable break points so that gain at each can be individually adjusted The 70 MHz shaper has four adjustments R48 R49 R55 R56 and the L BAND shaper has six adjustments R35 R51 R58 R75 R81 and R82 Figure 4 1 shows the area of control for the various adjustments on the 1705A L Band display when a comb signal is applied 4 7 Theory of Operation 4 8 Bright Up Generator START OF DISPLAY R727 R729 Figure 4 1 1705A L Band comb display showing the areas each of the six sweep shaper variable resistors adjust The Marker Generator is U14 The front panel CENTER FREQUENCY control provides the voltage from which the digital frequency readout is obtained In addition the CENTER FREQUENCY through U14 positions the bright zone in FULL SPAN DIV and tunes the center frequency in magnified SPAN DIV settings The gain and offset of U14A are adjustable with R37 and R38 When the CENTER FREQUENCY
184. ellite to earth Figure 1 3 Angle A the difference at a specific latitude between the angle to the sun and the angle to a satellite Figure 1 4 Sample longitudinal map of the Ku Band satellites Figure 1 5 The western spot beam footprint for one Ku Band satellite Figure 1 6 A computer representation of the 1705A display showing the 12 198 GHz horizontally polarized telemetry beacon on SATCOM satellite Figure 1 7 Transponder assignments for a typical Ku Band 16 transponder satellite that employs alternate polarization Figure 1 8 Simulation of a 1705A FULL SPAN DIV display Figure 1 9 Up link Video Exciter Up converter and High Power Amplifier HPA showing how to hook up a 1705A Spectrum Monitor to look at the Video Exciter output Figure 1 10 1705A hooked up to look at either the output of the Video Exciter 70 MHz or the Receiver Input Bigure 2 1 1705A front panel EUR IRE a QE LO RP a aie E d Figure 2 2 1705A rear panel controls and connectors Figure 2 3 1705A display when powered up in L BAND and FULL SPAN Figure 2 4 1705A graticule scale ions yd pug Cade eae pede eee omnes Figure 2 5 Relationship of sweep to graticule showin
185. en the VIDEO FILTER is ON Check Sweep Speed b CHECK for a solid trace with almost no flicker d CHECK for approximately 3 to 4 sweeps per second Alternate Method e CHECK for a ramp duration of 20 ms 10 ms h CHECK for a ramp duration of 200 ms 100 ms Check L Band Linearity e CHECK for 10 frequency markers f CHECK that each marker is within 1 minor Division of a major graticule line Check L Band SPAN DIV and Readout d CHECK for 1 marker every 5 Divisions 1 Division i CHECK for 1 marker every 5 Divisions 1 Division o CHECK that the marker is intensified q CHECK that the marker is on screen 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments CHECK that the readout still reads 1000 10 u CHECK that the marker is on screen v CHECK that the readout still reads 1000 10 x CHECK that the marker is on screen 12 Check L Band Gain and Flatness e CHECK that the marker is on the same crt center line vertically 0 5 Division g CHECK that the marker is on the same crt line vertically 0 5 Division j CHECK that the marker tip is on the 10 reference line 0 5 Division Note Make sure that the baseline is on the 70 graticule reference line 13 Check Positioning Range b CHECK that the tip can be positioned 2 Divisions left and right of center e CHECK that the marker tip can be positioned 3 Divisions down from its present position f C
186. ened for the marker In any other SPAN DIV setting the trace is of uniform brightness when the output of U14D is near 0 V a pulse that produces the crt bright zone is generated by the Z Axis Control circuit The readout intensity is controlled separately by O4 and Q5 If the RO BLANK control line is active low O4 is turned off and O5 is turned on When Q5 is on the current through R89 and R91 is sent to the Z Axis Amplifier When the control line goes high O4 turns on and the emitter current from the readout intensity control is directed into the 5 volt supply instead of into the Z Axis Amplifier Circuitry on this schematic normalizes gains and drives the crt deflection plates The vertical signal from the Log Detector is buffered by U27 U27 drives the Vertical Output Amplifier whose input can be filtered to reduce the effects of noise The Video Filter is a 15 kHz 3 pole low pass filter whose output is Switched in by U30A The enable for U30A is the VFILTER signal from the microprocessor Diagram 5 U27 is a switchable gain amplifier When high gain 2 dB Div is selected with the front panel push button the signal at pin 12 of the microprocessor U2 goes high and the switch in U21C grounds R135 through pins 3 and 4 This increases the gain of U27 by approximately a factor of five U21A also switches connecting pins 13 and 14 putting a portion of the Vertical Position 4 9 Theory of Operation Vertical Deflection
187. er of other diagrams that the other circuitry appears on DECOUPLED OR FILTERED VOLTAGE CHANGED PLUG M PART STRAP MODULE REAR 1 Pod PORTS NEGATIVE INPUT moo 1 10 7 Ui 20K 5 w R100 1 A AM 215 74 1 V 1 peo gt REFER ct WAVEFORM 100F N BNC PAD FEMALE M FRONT PANEL NOMENCLATURE CLOCKWISE HEAT SINK PART NAME ye AJUSTMENT 105 H SCHEMATIC amp R55 SEE PARTS LIST BOARD REF m 100 0 FOR SELECTION ROTATE 20K as CRITERIA wri SCREWDRIVER 9 R85 J3 BASE DRIVE ADJUSTMENT 118 We 2 amp SNUBBER ANALOG BOARD SQUARE PIN FUNET IC BLOCK CONNECTOR CIRCUIT BOARD SEE PARTS LIST FOR OUTLINE EARLIER VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES PART OF A1 MAIN BOARD INSTRUMENT NAME VERTICAL INPUT A1 SCHEMATIC NAME amp NUMBER ASSEMBLY 1 4 COMPONENT LOCATOR GRID LOCAL OSCILLATOR 119 8 MHz TRIPLER BUFFER COMBINER HELICAL BAND PASS FILTER 130 MHz 130 5 MHz 130 5 MHz LOW PASS FILTER MHZ TUNER eee ei 11 8V L BAND 11 8 1 L BAND INPUT L BAND 490 MHz IF TUNER 18V REAR PANEL SIGNAL LINE _CONTROL LINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM NUMBER e FRONT PANEL KNOB 3 gt PAD Os MHz FILTER 18V SUPPLY HELICAL BAND PASS FILTER 360 MHz 1
188. er the prescribed voltage range 3 Check LNB Power Supply c CHECK that the rear panel red indicator lamp is lighted and that the DVM reads 18 0 9 V e CHECK that the red indicator lamp extinguishes and then comes back on when the short is removed 4 Check 70 MHz Linearity c CHECK for 10 frequency markers from beginning to end of sweep d CHECK that each marker is within one minor Division of a major graticule Division 5 Check 70 MHz SPAN DIV and Readout d CHECK for one mark every 5 major Divisions 1 major Division k CHECK that readout reads 45 1 count m CHECK that the marker is on screen 5 3 Checks and Adjustments 5 4 10 Check Resolution Filter b CHECK that the marker width 0 6 Divisions down from the top is 3 Divisions 1 Division e CHECK that the marker width 0 6 Divisions down from the top of the signal is lt 2 minor Divisions f CHECK that the 10 kHz marker amplitude matches the highest point of the 300 kHz marker amplitude within 1 minor Division Check 70 MHz Gain and Flatness e CHECK for a marker amplitude change of 2 Divisions 2 minor Divisions when switching the leveled sine wave generator Amplitude Multiplier between 01 and 0 1 a 20 dB change i CHECK that the tip of the marker is on the crt center line 1 minor Division vertically Check Video Filter d CHECK that the baseline noise amplitude drops approximately 50 wh
189. ered marker while switching between 10 kHz and 300 kHz RESOLUTION Adjust L Band Linearity a Set INPUT to L BAND and SPAN DIV to 10 MHz Adjust the HORIZONTAL POSITION control to center the caret and then set SPAN DIV to FULL Connect the signal generator output to the L BAND INPUT Set the signal generator Frequency to 900 MHz and Amplitude to 30 dBm ADJUST R35 to position the signal on the extreme left graticule Connect the signal generator output to the L BAND INPUT through the comb generator Set the signal generator Frequency to 100 MHz and Amplitude to 10 dBm 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments 1705A Spectrum Monitor 2 ADJUST R51 R58 R75 R81 and R82 for a linear display with each marker on a graticule mark 1 minor Division Readjust R35 to place first marker on the extreme left graticule NOTE Readjustment of R35 may cause a change in linearity 13 Adjust Readout Range a b Turn CENTER FREQUENCY fully counterclockwise ADJUST R4 Readout Cal so the frequency readout displays 900 MHz 14 Adjust Span Div Magnification Registration 15 a b Set SPAN DIV to 1 MHz Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control to position any marker under the readout caret Set SPAN DIV to 10 MHz ADJUST R27 Horiz Posn Readout to position the caret directly over the marker Set SPAN DIV to 1 MHz Marker should be under caret 1 minor Division Adjus
190. es must be removed for cleaning follow the instructions for removal re placement under the heading of Corrective Maintenance After cleaning allow the interior to thoroughly dry before applying power to the instrument CAUTION Do not allow water to get inside any enclosed assembly or component Do not clean any plastic materials with organic cleaning solvents such as benzene toluene xylene acetone or similar compounds because they may damage the plastic After cleaning carefully check the instrument for defective connections damaged parts and improperly seated transistors or integrated circuits The remedy for most visible defects is obvious however if heat damaged parts are discovered determine the cause of overheating before replacing the damaged part to prevent additional damage Periodic checks of the transistors and integrated circuits are not recommended The best measure of performance is the actual operation of the component in the circuit This instrument contains electrical components that are susceptible to damage from static discharge Static voltages 1 kV to 30 kV are common in unprotected environments Table 6 1 shows the relative static discharge susceptibility of various semiconductor classes Table 6 1 Static Susceptibility Relative Susceptibility Levels Voltage CMOS 100 V 500 V E 2 CL 200 500 3 SCHOTTKY SIGNAL 250 V DIODES 4 SCHOTTKY TTL 500 V 5 HF BIPOLAR TRAN 400 to 60
191. est strength of at least 275 pounds and inside dimensions that are at least six inches greater than the dimensions of the instrument 2 Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting to protect the finish 1705A Spectrum Monitor 6 27 Maintenance 3 Cushion the instrument on all sides by tightly packing dunnage or urethane foam between the carton and the instrument Allow 3 inches on all sides for cushioning 4 Seal the carton with shipping tape or industrial stapler 6 28 1705 Spectrum Monitor SS qM Options Section 7 Options Options CRT Options Power Cord Options Field Upgrade Kits Cabinets 1705A Spectrum Monitor This section describes instrument options and customer installable field upgrade kits available for the 1705A Spectrum Monitor The standard instrument is shipped with a P31 green phosphor crt installed If Option 74 is ordered the instrument is shipped with a P4 white phosphor crt installed The crt part numbers are given at the end of the Replaceable Electrical Parts list Table 7 1 Power Cord Options Description of power cord Universal Europe 220V 16A Locking United Kingdom 240V 15A Australian 240V 10A North American 250V 18A Swiss 240V 6A power cords include captive power plug and one replacement fuse Unless otherwise specified power cords for use in North America are UL listed and CSA certified Option cords are approved by at least one test house acce
192. etween pulses If the 5 V is below 4 9 V the Error Amplifier will cause the Peak Detector output to go below 2 9 V The output of comparator U3B will pull low and shut down pulse width modulator U5 C47 and R96 delay the operation of U3B long enough for the power supply to power up If the 5 V does not reach 4 9 V within 50 ms of power up U3B will shut down the switcher The power supply will then cycle on and off every couple of seconds 1705A Spectrum Monitor Theory of Operation High Voltage Power Supply Diagram 8 HV Osc and Error Amp 1705A Spectrum Monitor The High Voltage Power Supply generates the heater cathode control grid focus anode and post accelerating potentials required to display the outputs of the Vertical and Horizontal Output Amplifiers The High Voltage Power Supply is generated by a sine wave oscillator and step up transformer Q6 and T1 are the principal elements of an Armstrong oscillator running at about 22 kHz Error Amplifier U2 regulates the 100 V output and keeps the High Voltage Power Supply constant under varying load conditions by controlling the base current to Q6 The 100 V output is regulated directly while the High Voltage Power Supply is indirectly regulated through a current feedback circuit R48 C16 R60 and R64 form the High Voltage Power Supply current feedback circuit As the current from the High Voltage Power Supply is increased the voltage to the side of the Error Ampl
193. g minimum and maximum frequencies Figure 2 6 Frequency relationship to horizontal graticule scale Figure 2 7 Center frequency cursor and readout for the L Band with FULL SPAN DIV Figure 2 8 1705 CRT with the SCALE turned down Figure 2 9 The setting of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control can displace the location of the displayed center frequency Figure 2 10 Using the 1705A menus Figure 2 11 An example of the readout displayed while satellite frequency is being set Figure 3 1 L BAND INPUT connector and controls Figure 3 2 Dimensions of 1700F00 plain Figure 3 3 1700F02 portable cabinet Figure 3 4 Cabinet securing SCreWS cs es Soe tae Se eee A ie REX Figure 3 5 The WFM7F05 side by side rack Figure 3 6 WFM7F05 with a blank front panel 1700 06 Figure 3 7 WFM7FO05 rack mount cabinet with a 1700F06 utility drawer 1 10 1 11 1 12 2 2 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 13 2 15 2 16 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 5 3 6 3 7 1705A Spectrum Monitor Table of Contents Figure 3 8 Considerations for custom installation of an
194. h correspond to circled numbers on the exploded view drawing s Accessories List Standard accessories are illustrated in the exploded view drawing Part numbers of standard and optional accessories are given at the end of the Replaceable Mechanical Parts list Signals and power supply voltages are passed through the instrument with a system of interconnecting cables The connector holders on these cables have numbers that identify terminal connectors numerals are used from 2 up A triangular key symbol is used to identify pin 1 on the circuit board and the connector to assist in aligning the connector with correct square pins Figure 6 7 shows the numbering scheme and the triangular marking on the connector and the marking on the etched circuit board A pin replacement kit including necessary tools instructions and replacement pins is available from Tektronix Inc Contact a Tektronix field office or representative for assistance in ordering this kit Connectors with Center Polarizers These polarizers serve as a key for proper mating with the connector on the circuit board Pin 1 is also marked with a triangular symbol on both connectors The following procedure is designed to assist in isolating problems which in turn expedites repairs and minimizes down time 1 Ensure that the malfunction exists in the instrument This is done by making sure that the instrument is operating as intended by Tektronix see Operating Instructions in S
195. he LNB power supply Remove the two Torx screws securing the circuit board to the rear panel See Figure 6 13 3 Remove the circuit board Replace the circuit board by reversing the procedure Remove these screws to remove LNB Power Supply board 4 or to replace LNB LED 333 399061 SPECTRUM MONITOR DIE IN DIESEM GERAT ENTSTEHENDE RONTGENSTRAHLUNG IST AUSREICHEND WARNING AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK THE WER CORD PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE CONNECTED TO EARTH GROUND LNB POWER IAN 50 60Hz REPLACE FUSE ONLY 22 70 MHz INPUT LNB POWER ON OFF 18VDC 250mA Figure 6 13 Mounting screws for the LNB Power Supply circuit board A4 6 26 1705 Spectrum Monitor Maintenance REPACKAGING If the instrument is to be shipped to a Tektronix Service Center for service or repair attach a tag to the instrument showing the following information 1 Owner with complete address and the name of the person at your firm that can be contacted 2 Instrument serial number and a description of the service required If possible save and reuse the package in which your instrument was shipped since this will provide maximum protection See Figure 6 14 Ifthe original package is unfit for use or not available repackage the instrument as follows Figure 6 14 Repackaging a 1705A instrument 1 Use a shipping carton of corrugated cardboard with a t
196. he Light Driver Diagram 5 through the LED to the 5 V supply The five function switches front panel push buttons are simple ground closures that are read by the microprocessor to determine the operating mode The eight front panel controls determine voltages in a range between 11 8 V and 11 8 V depending on circuit requirements Each control works with a specific circuit on another diagram 1705A Spectrum Monitor Theory of Operation 18 Volt Supply 1705 Spectrum Monitor The 18 V supply is of the Buck Regulator type It uses a Switched Mode Power Supply Control Circuit 0583 0783 is a buffer for slow startup and duty cycle limit R681 and R680 are the limit resistors The voltage on C684 ramps up to provide for slow startup when power is initially applied The Internal Zener reference Vz for U583 is approximately 8 V and is present on pin 2 R586 and C583 are the frequency determining components for the IC s internal sawtooth generator which in this instance runs at approximately 50 kHz R686 and R685 are the voltage setting components on the feedback input C683 C684 and R682 form a frequency compensation network to prevent the IC from oscillating LOW LOAD AVERAGE LOAD HIGH LOAD Figure 4 2 Output duty cycle of the pulse width modulator used in the 18 V Power Supply Q481 and Q482 drive the switching transistor Q482 provides forward base current to the switching transistor Q596 Q483 provides rever
197. he mains line voltage 90 250 Vac to supply the power requirements of the instrument The voltages supplied by the Low Voltage Power Supply 40 V 15 and 5 V The Low Voltage Power Supply is called a Flyback Switcher When switcher mosfet Q9 is turned on its drain voltage drops to approximately 0 V The current through the 350 primary winding of T3 begins ramping up The voltages present at all secondaries is such that the rectifier diodes are reverse biased Energy is being stored in the magnetic field of T3 When Q9 turns off the drain voltage flies back in a positive direction Current now flows in all of the secondary windings and supplies power 1705A Spectrum Monitor Theory of Operation Line Rectifier and Filter Pulse Width Modulator 1705A Spectrum Monitor The input line voltage is filtered by the rear panel connector to reduce the electrical noise conducted into or out of the instrument R89 limits the initial charging current through the rectifier diodes and C54 CR21 CR22 CR23 and CR24 form a bridge rectifier C54 filters the 110 to 350 Vdc rectifier output L4 filters the switching noise produced by the switcher R102 reduces the circulating current in the parallel circuit consisting of L4 and C44 DS4 R93 and R94 form a line voltage indicator R91 and R92 charge C42 C42 provides power to 05 until the primary housekeeping winding provides power through CR17 SIMPLIFIED PULSE WIDTH MOD
198. hen the 70 MHz input is selected In addition the Block Down Converter 18 V supply from Diagram 5 is fed to the tuner for output on its F type connector A recessed rear panel slide switch connects the 18 V supply to the L Band Tuner A pre corrected ramp from Diagram 3 to drive the VCO is also supplied to the tuner subassembly The LBAND control line from the microprocessor is low when the L Band is selected When LBAND goes high indicating that the 70 MHz input has been selected Q31 turns on and Q30 turns off causing Q32 to turn off and disconnect the 11 8 V from the tuner The input to the 70 MHz tuner has 7562 10 dB pad which allows it to accept signals up to 20 dBm The 70 MHz signal 45 100 MHz is preconditioned 1705A Spectrum Monitor Theory of Operation 70 MHz Local Oscillator IF Amplifier Diagram 2 219 Local Oscillator 1705A Spectrum Monitor by a 7 pole 120 MHz low pass filter that rejects out of band frequencies The Mixer U190 with input frequencies of 45 100 MHz and the Local Oscillator operating at 130 MHz provide a 130 MHz 18 IF The signal output from the Mixer is terminated by 75 3 dB pad made up of R291 R292 and R293 The IF signal is ac coupled into the amplifier U296 with a gain of 20 dB R396 R391 and R392 form a 6 dB pad that outputs the 136 MHz 15 IF signal that approximates the L Band output level for inputs 10 dB higher L393 L391 L389 C292 and C29
199. hes of rear clearance for bnc and power cord connec tions For Flush Front Panel Cut hole the same size as the monitor front molding to allow the monitor front panel to align with the custom panel surface Requires four 0 156 holes below the 1700F00 cabinet to secure the instrument to the shelf For Protruding Front Molding Cut hole in panel the same size as the opening in the monitor cabinet to al low the front panel molding to cover the hole Figure 3 8 Considerations for custom installation of an instrument To mount the 1705A safely attach it to a shelf strong enough to hold its weight using the four 0 156 inch diameter holes in the bottom of the 1700F00 cabinet See Figure 3 8 3 8 1705A Spectrum Monitor _ Theory of Operation Section 4 Theory of Operation Overview Block Diagram RF Input Circuits Diagram 1 1705A Spectrum Monitor The material in this section is subdivided into a general description which is supported by the main block diagram and detailed circuit descriptions that use the schematic diagrams as illustrations A thorough understanding of the instrument starts with knowing how the major circuit blocks fit together followed by an understanding of the individual circuit s functions These discussions of the 1705A Spectrum Monitor begin with a brief fundamental overview then proceed on to the block diagram and then into individual circuit descriptions The 1705A Spectrum Moni
200. i sia BLUE R225 4 R188 7 121 6 SIG BROWN NC 6 19K LF351 7 8 R209 R204 2 I gt 2 10 0K 10 0K 6 45 5 11 8V 3 5V R224 2 um L 9 2 74 027 929 5 4M S 8 5 001 UF lt 5 gt R194 N 1 R227 R135 100 0K 177 4058 1508 56 2K 2 00K 11 8V 11 8V 12 43 R223 R226 lt 5 gt 14 1 5 100 0 35 7K 13 2 15 026 028 T VERT POSN 5 i R228 7 50 118V m U21B H2 511 0 511 0 R197 4053 lt 5 gt MATER Pa 15 2 1 0 NC BUFFERS v 2 2 FOCUS lt 5 gt 118V ZNBS 1 R30 15 0K 5 8 oov lt 5 gt VS o 4ov 7 b 5 o sv 5 9 R308 Ha 499 0 10 12 lt 5 gt XS R309 5 m HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION we R178 R179 J23 0 OHM 6 3K 6 3K 0 0 11 11 8V 11 8V CONNECT FOR 10 DIV CREME RED wit 4 RAMP GREEN J22 0 OHM R180 wi2 R177 100K 2 00K R185 R186 e 100 0 100 0 Lig 11 8V 015 11 8V et 64UH 6 11 8V 11 8VF R162 R168 U26B 4058 R189 R190 5 E B1 4 8 87K 5K TLo2 BUR 5 1 00K 8 25K lt 5 gt C102 eves 4 lt 3 gt RAMP are 9 HORZ 5 R191 L C65 1 00K HORIZ GAIN R192 R193 777 210 0 210 0 11 8V POST REGULATORS 8 uzsa NC 1072 227 E 1 NC No 2 Riot R200 1
201. ideo Exciters The L Band input 950 to 1800 MHz is through an F type connector while the 70 MHz input is through a standard bnc connector The L BAND INPUT connector is the output for the selectable 18 V supply that is the Block Down Converter auxiliary power Typical Configurations The TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum Monitor is designed primarily for use in locating satellites and monitoring their signals It is designed so that it can be rack mounted in a dual width rack adapter along with a half rack waveform monitor such as a TEKTRONIX 1740 Series Waveform Vector Monitor However it can be used as a portable instrument It is intended to be connected to the rf feed with a directional connector See Figure 1 1 It is capable of providing the dc power required to run an LNB The auxiliary LNB power is turned on or off by a rear panel slide switch An indicator on the rear panel lights when the 18 V supply is operating normally 1705A Spectrum Monitor 1 1 Introduction Options Accessories 1 2 Standard Accessories 1705A SPECTRUM MONITOR LOW NOISE AMPLIFIER BLOCK DOWN CONVERTER o o 0 RECEIVER Figure 1 1 1705A used to locate satellites and determine maximum signal level The only options currently available for the 1705A Spectrum Monitor are the power plug options described in Section 7 Options If no power cord options are ordered instruments are shipped with th
202. ifier U2 increases which increases the base drive to Q6 the HV Osc This current feedback compromises the regula tion of the 100 V supply to keep the high voltage constant with varying intensities C66 and Q10 are a start delay circuit that holds the Error Amplifier output low through CR30 until C66 is charged Delaying the start of the high voltage oscillator allows the Low Voltage Power Supply to start unencumbered by the load from the high voltage oscillator Theory of Operation Power Supply Outputs Focus Amplifier Grid Drive Circuit Z Axis Amplifier is the high voltage rectifier Filter capacitors and C8 work with CR4 to provide 2530 V to the crt cathode U1 is a four times multiplier providing 11 kV to the crt anode Q1 and Q2 form an operational amplifier that sets the voltage at the bottom of the focus divider The front panel FOCUS pot determines the voltage at the bottom of the focus divider The Center Focus control R11 is set for optimum beam focus as viewed on the crt with the front panel FOCUS control set to mid range Once the Center Focus adjustment has been set adjusting the front panel FOCUS control changes the voltage at the bottom end of the divider and consequently the voltage on the crt focus anode The cathode of the crt is at a 2530 V potential with the grid coupled to the Z Axis Amplifier by the grid drive circuit The grid is approximately 75 V negative with respect to
203. igure 6 6 shows the circuit board assembly locations for this instrument A4 18V SUPPLY BOARD A1 POWER SUPPLY BOARD A6 TUNER A5 70MHZ TUNER A3 MAIN BOARD A2 FRONT PANEL BOARD Figure 6 6 Circuit board assembly locations There are two separate parts lists in this manual The Replaceable Electrical Parts list precedes the schematic diagrams and circuit board illustrations The Replaceable Mechanical Parts list accompanied by exploded view drawings follows the schematic diagrams and circuit board illustrations Replaceable Electrical Parts This list is arranged by assembly as designated in ANSI Standard Y32 16 1975 The list begins with the part numbers for the major assemblies etched circuit boards Each circuit board is identified by an A assembly number 6 9 Maintenance Major Assembly Interconnection General Troubleshooting Techniques The circuit numbers of the individual components in the parts list is made up by combining the assembly number with the individual circuit number EXAM PLE R117 on Assembly circuit board A3 is listed in the Replaceable Electrical Parts list as A3R117 NOTE Always consult the parts list and Change Information for part numbers and descriptions before ordering replacement parts Some parts may have been replaced in an individual instrument Replaceable Mechanical Parts Parts listed in the Replaceable Mechanical Parts list are assigned index numbers whic
204. ion Displays a maximum of 12 MHz for one full sweep The 10 MHz portion of the sweep that is displayed is dependent on the setting of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control 100 kHz Sets display span to 100 kHz per division Displays a maximum of 1 2 MHz for one full sweep The 1 MHz portion of the sweep that is displayed is dependent on the setting of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control MENU When both SPAN DIV switches are pressed simultaneously the normal display is replaced by the Main menu To exit the Main menu position the cursor by EXIT and press the INPUT switch The Menu functions are discussed in detail later in this section FOCUS A variable control that adjusts the crt beam for optimum definition SCALE A variable control that adjusts the level of graticule illumination INTENS A variable control that adjusts the display brightness TRACE ROTATION A screwdriver adjustment that aligns the crt trace with the crt graticule to compensate for variations in the magnetic field surrounding the 1705A 2 3 Operating Instructions POSITION POWER 11 HORIZONTAL A variable control that positions the trace horizontally X axis 12 VERTICAL A variable control that positions the display vertically Y axis 13 POWER Switches the instrument between a powered up state and standby Portions of the Power Supply circuit board have mains potential on them in either state A mechanical indicator in the center
205. irectly over the earth s equator at a distance of approximately 35 900 km or about 3 7 times the earth s diameter Traveling at approximately 11 000 km h the satellite completes one full orbit in 23 hours 56 minutes 4 9 seconds which is referred to as a sidereal day When a satellite completes one orbit in a sidereal day it is geographically stationary geostationary to a point on the earth s surface Without being geostationary using a satellite would be extremely complicated and the calculations required to determine when they were in the usable window and how long they would stay there would in most cases require a computer At 35 900 km distance the earth subtends an angle of 18 which provides coverage of approximately 40 of the earth s surface See Figure 1 2 Forty percent 40 of the earth s surface corresponds to an area stretching from 70 North latitude to 70 South latitude For rough assumptions a satellite in geostationary orbit over the equator could cover latitudes from the Arctic circle 66 30 N to the Antarctic circle 66 30 S However it should be noted that even though the satellite is capable of covering 40 of the earth s surface the actual coverage will be less in most cases because of the antenna design and available transmitter power Figure 1 2 Relationship of a communications satellite to earth Determining the exact angle from the horizon to a satellite other than at the eq
206. items are required to do the Performance Check and or Adjustment Procedures Broad specifications are followed by a piece of equipment that meets these specifications in most cases the recom mended instrument was used in preparing the procedures that follow 1 Test Oscilloscope Vertical Amplifier 30 MHz Bandwidth 1 mV Sensitivity Time Base 10 ns Division to 5 ms Division sweep speeds triggering to 5 MHz For example a 7603 Oscilloscope with 7A18 Dual Trace Amplifier and 7B53A Dual Time Base or a TEKTRONIX 11403A Oscilloscope with a 11A34V Video Amplifier and an 11T5H Video Trigger Also a 10X probe P6106 Tektronix Part No 010 6106 03 5 1 Checks and Adjustments 5 2 Auxiliary Equipment 10 Leveled Sine Wave Generator at least 250 kHz to 95 MHz For example A TEKTRONIX 56503 Leveled Sine Wave Generator installed in a TEKTRONIX 500 Series Power Module Voltmeter Range 0 to greater than 100 Vdc accuracy 0 1 For example 501 in a 500 Series Power Module Power Module for powering and housing TEKTRONIX DMS01A DC503A 20503 067 0916 00 and 015 0408 00 For example A TEKTRONIX TM506 Power Module UHF Signal Generator A frequency range of at least 900 to 1800 MEZ with an amplitude of 20 dBm or more and flatness within 3 dB over the frequency range Accurate step attenuator calibrated in dB 0 to 60 For example A TEKTRONIX TR502 Trac
207. itor Table 2 3 Azimuth Elevation Table for 21 CONUS Cities Salt Lake City 4 EUR 42 39 Washington DC 186 5 Ifthe antenna is pointed close to a satellite one or both polarizations of the full satellite will appear on the screen because the 1705A Spectrum Monitor is a much more sensitive indicator than a receiver and picture monitor Initially there is no need to be concerned with antenna polarization or which satellite channels may be active 6 If no satellite signal is observed or the incorrect satellite is identified sweep the antenna azimuth carefully around the expected satellite direction If no satellite is found return the azimuth to the expected direction and increase or decrease the elevation by about one degree and resweep the azimuth 7 When a satellite signal has been observed on the 1705A display it may be identified by the nature of the signals on the satellite For example wide bandwidth NBC television signals with multiple audio and data carriers on many transponders will identify Satcom K 2 Other satellites will have similar identifying characteristics If the incorrect satellite has been selected repoint the antenna to locate the desired satellite Once any satellite is found and identified a reference point is established and nearby satellites may be located by moving the antenna carefully in the proper direction 8 Optimize the antenna by carefully adjusting azimuth and elevation while
208. king Generator and associated equipment a Wavetek Model 3520 or a Hewlett Packard 8614A Signal Generator with 8496A Attenuator 110 dB Variable Autotransformer For example General Radio Metered Auto Transformer W10MT3W If 220 volt operation must be checked a conversion transformer or appropriate 220 volt autotransformer is needed Comb Generator For example Tektronix Part No 015 1054 00 500 Coaxial Cable Two required For example Tektronix Part No 012 0057 01 Bnc Male to bnc Male Adapter For example Tektronix Part No 103 0029 00 F Type Male to bnc Female Adapter For example Tektronix Part No 103 0158 00 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments Performance Check Short Form Procedure 1705A Spectrum Monitor 11 SMA Male to bnc Female Adapter Two required supplied with the Tektronix Comb Generator For example Tektronix Part No 015 1018 00 12 SMB Female to bnc Female Adapter For example Coaxial Components Corporation Part No 2525 4 The Short Form Procedure is intended for those who are familiar with the complete Performance Check procedure Step numbers and sub step designa tions correlate directly to the steps in the Performance Check Procedure this makes it possible to use the Short Form Procedure as a table of contents l Preliminary Setup a Connect autotransformer b Connect markers from Comb Generator 2 Check Power Supply Operation d CHECK for stable operation ov
209. llator configuration using O13 O11 buffers the oscillator and drives 3 dB isolation pad on the LO input of Double Balanced Mixer DBM 025 O12 isa cascode stage driving a tank circuit at the 314 harmonic 359 4 MHz The tank circuit is tapped down to drive a three section helical resonator FL1 tuned to 359 4 MHz The output from FL1 is coupled into DBM U28 4 5 Theory of Operation Input Filter Mixer and IF Amplifier Resolution Filter and Log 4 6 Detector DBM 028 is driven by the L Band Tuner output at 489 9 MHz through a LPF Notch filter consisting of L11 L12 and series resonant circuit C69 and W13 W13 is a shorted length of 50Q coax forming a high Q inductor This provides a narrow notch at 590 MHz to eliminate a spurious output from the L Band Tuner The output from DBM U28 drives U31 which provides about 8 dB gain to compensate for the mixer loss and optimize the system dynamic range This signal is then combined with the 70 MHz tuner output with 3 dB combiner T1 The band pass filter FL2 is a three section helical resonator with about 8 MHz bandwidth 025 is a double balanced mixer that converts the 130 5 MHz 299 IF frequency to the 10 7 MHz 314 IF frequency The LO frequency 119 8 MHz is below the 2nd IF frequency by the 3 IF frequency 16 is a test jumper that can be lifted to evaluate prior circuitry or to insert signal at 314 IF frequency to trouble shoot the circuits that follow The 214
210. local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part number Change information if any is located at the rear of this manual Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List The tabular information in the Replaceable Mechanical Parts list is arranged for quick retrieval Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you find all of the information you need for ordering replaceable parts Cross Index Mfr Code The Mfg Code Number to Manufacturer Cross Index for the mechanical parts Number to Manufacturer list is located immediately after this page The cross index provides codes names and addresses of manufacturers of components listed in the mechanical parts list Abbreviations Abbreviations conform to American National Standards Institute ANSI standard Y1 1 Chassis Parts Chassis mounted parts and cable assemblies are located at the end of the Replaceable Electrical Parts list 1705A Spectrum Monitor 10 1 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Column Descriptions Figure amp Index No Column 1 Tektronix Part No Column 2 Serial No Column 3 and 4 Qty Column 5 Name and Description Column 6 Mfr Code Column 7 Mfr Part Number Column 8 10 2 Items in this section are referenced by figure and index numbers to the illustra tions Indicates part number to be used when ordering replacement part from Tektronix Column three
211. lock within the range of 0 9 GHz to 20 GHz VANCOUVER LOS ANGELES SAN DIEGO Figure 1 5 The western spot beam footprint for one Ku Band satellite 1705A Spectrum Monitor Introduction Zeroing in on a Satellite Locating the Satellite Identifying the Satellite 1705A Spectrum Monitor In almost all cases a set procedure for Locating Identifying Finding transpond ers and Optimizing will be followed The 1705A Spectrum Monitor is a tool that greatly simplifies the individual steps so the correct satellite transponder can be accessed in the minimum time In most cases the elevation angle above the horizon and the true azimuth direction east or west to the satellite of the antenna will be the same as it was for the previous access of the same satellite This angle can be found in one of two ways calculation or approximation from previous accesses however no matter how the satellite is located the signal path will need to be optimized In most cases the approximate location of the satellite is known from previous transactions and only identification of transponders and signal strength remain to be dealt with Each of the satellites has one or more singular characteristics In many cases the singular characteristics can be easily identified on the spectrum monitor which can save valuable setup time These characteristics can take the form of telemetry beacons transponder polarization schemes or blocks of non vi
212. lx R245 z 1 00K 11 8V J100 R28 LIGHT ENABLE 20 0K Q100 R29 SCALE 20K 277 1 2 ENABLE Te R21 2 3 DISABLE VERT POSN R20 100 0 READOUT 4 75 IS 5V TRACE 5V SUPPLY ROTATION R246 1 00K J414 P200 4 2 15V ESSA 1 m i 1 8V DS100 4UF D our 5 sv J2 Us CONNECTS DS200 79105 TO CRT i FRONT n PANEL 8 P800 DS300 1 15V 2 gt Li 15V NOTE SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER VALUES 1 GRATICULE LIGHT BOARD AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES PART OF A3 MAIN BOARD MICROPROCESSOR lt 5 gt 05319 05525 05350 05557 A2 Front Panel Board Static Sensitive Devices See Maintenance Section CR485 R696 1695 C697 05698 4 18V Power Supply Board 1705A Schematic Diagram lt 6 gt Component Locator Chart The schematic diagram has an alphanumeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram Assembly A2 and 4 Comp Diag Comp Diag No Loc Loc No Loc Loc A2 A4 DS112 Al 491 D4 B1 DS12A 497 D4 C1 051128 C580 C4 Al DS112C C581 C4 A2 DS129 B1 C583 B5 Al DS129A C682 A5 A2 DS129B B3 C683 B5 A2 DS129C B1 C684 85 05130 B1 C690 E4 B2 DS144 C1 C697 F4 c2 C782 5 DS144A C1 DS144B B3 CR481 C4 Al DS144C C1 CR485 D4 B1 DS145 C1 CR494 D4 C1 DS319 A2 CR594 D4 D1 DS319A A2 DS698 F5 C2 053198 053190 B2 J698 G4 D2 DS319D B3 DS319E C2 L591 D4 B1 L695 C2 DS319F D
213. m 5 00 p m Pacific time This phone number is toll free in North America After office hours please leave a voice mail message Outside North America contact a Tektronix sales office or distributor see the Tektronix web site for a list of offices Preface xvi 1705 Spectrum Monitor Introduction EUN UN snpsppPl Section 1 Introduction The TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum Monitor is an 8 2 wide by 5 high special purpose spectrum analyzer It weighs approximately 8 pounds and is powered from an ac source The crt occupies approximately two thirds of the front panel area with the control panel taking up the remainder of the space Operation is controlled by a microprocessor that polls the front panel switches Front panel switches are of the momentary touch type with lighted functional indicators In addition to polling the front panel the microprocessor provides the characters for an alphanumeric crt readout The signal is displayed on a bright crt It is of the mesh type for better geometry and uses an internal graticule to reduce parallax Variable graticule scale illumination provides even lighting over the usable graticule area to improve measurement accuracy and the quality of display photographs The 1705A Spectrum Monitor is a swept front end superheterodyne type spectrum analyzer with two inputs L Band to accommodate Low Noise Amplifier Block Down Converter LNB outputs and 70 MHz for use with V
214. mance check steps Section 2 Operating Instructions familiarizes the user with the front and rear panel controls connectors and indicators includes an operator s check out procedure and includes other operator familiarization information Section 3 Installation includes electrical and mechanical installation informa tion The electrical installation information includes adjustments and operational changes available with the instrument The mechanical installation information includes rackmounting custom installation and portable use Section 4 Theory of Operation provides an over all block diagram description and detailed circuit descriptions Read the block diagram description for an overview of the instrument The detailed circuit descriptions should be used with the block diagram and schematic diagrams in the foldout pages for specific information about individual circuits Section 5 Checks and Adjustments includes the Performance Check Procedure and the Adjustment Procedure The Performance Check Procedure is used to verify that the instrument s performance is within its specifications and the Adjustment Procedure is used to adjust the instrument to meet its specifications The procedures are preceded by a list of recommended test equipment Each procedure has a short form listing of the individual steps Section 6 Maintenance includes preventive troubleshooting and corrective information xiii Preface Sec
215. n 85 Watts 120 BTU HR maximum 1705A Spectrum Monitor 1 5 Introduction Table 1 4 Environmental Characteristics Characteristic Supplemental Information Temperature Non Operating 55 C to 75 C Operating 0 C to 50 C Altitude Non Operating To 50 000 feet 15 000 meters Operating To 15 000 feet 4 800 meters Vibration Operating 15 minutes each axis at 0 015 frequency varied from 10 55 10 Hz in 1 minute cycles with instrument secured to vibration platform Ten minutes each axis at any resonant point or at 55 Hz if no resonant point is found Shock Non Operating 30 g s gt sine 11 ms duration 3 shocks per surface 18 total Transportation Qualified under NTSC Test Procedure 1A Category 30 drop Humidity Will operate at 95 relative humidity for up to five days Table 1 5 Physical Characteristics Characteristic Supplemental Information Dimensions Height 5 1 4 inches 133 4 mm Width 8 1 2 inches 215 9 mm Length 18 1 8 inches 460 4 mm Weight Approximately 8 5 lbs approximately 3 8 kg Table 1 6 Certifications and Compliances Meets intent of Directive 89 336 EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility Compliance was demonstrated to the following specifications as listed in the Official Journal of the European Communities EN 50081 1 Emissions EN 55022 Class B Radiated and Conducted Emissions EN 50082 1 Immunity IEC 801 2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity IEC 801 3 RF
216. nator is used for the 130 5 MHz IF filter An additional band pass crystal filter centered at 10 7 kHz with a 10 kHz bandwidth can be added by front panel selection to provide narrow resolution The 300 kHz bandwidth filter is always in the circuit regardless of the front pa nel RESOLUTION selection Maximum bandwidth of the 1705A is 300 kHz The resolution filters drive a FSK receiver IC Only the meter output of this IC is used to provide a voltage proportional to the log of the input power This drives a selectable video filter and the Vertical Deflection Amplifier Sweep Generator Circuits The output of the Ramp Generator drives the Horizontal Deflection Amplifier Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Gain Control SPAN DIV and the Marker Generator The Ramp Generator free runs with its repetition rate controlled by the front panel SWEEP SPEED control The amplitude of the ramp remains constant The Gain Control which provides the ramp that is eventually used to drive the VCOs consists of an operational amplifier with selectable input resistances The resistance selected is dependent upon the SPAN DIV setting selected from the front panel The output ramp from the Gain Control circuit drives the Sweep Shapers The CENTER FREQUENCY control provides an offset to the sweep ramps in all SPAN DIV settings except FULL In the FULL SPAN DIV setting a 4 2 1705A Spectrum Monitor Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA
217. nd assist in locating defects that may not be apparent during regular operation The Performance Check Procedure and the Adjustment Procedure are in Section 5 TROUBLESHOOTING The 1705A is equipped with a microprocessor and as with all of the new Tektronix monitors it is capable of some power up and off line diagnostics A thorough understanding of the information available in the diagnostic routines will assist in isolating problems and speed repairs 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance SPECTRUM READOUT MODE OFF L BAND a 1 OFFSET MAIN MENU L O HIGH READOUT gt EXIT READOUT POSITION USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR TEST PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT gt EXIT USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT Se ILLI LIII J r 4 READOUT POSITION USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT 1 A T her UP RES OFFSET ADJUST DOWN VIDEO DOWN lt SPAN LEFT lt SPAN UP SPAN gt RIGHT SPAN gt EXIT SAVE INPUT EXIT SAVE INPUT aiia nat rdc AER REN ee S Ce um 71 TEST MEMORY DAC LED KEY LI 1 1 gt Figure 6 1 Using the 1705 menus Main menu is entered from the spectrum display
218. ne side of a 1700F05 dual rack adapter is used an alternate to the 1700F06 blank panel is the 1700F07 utility drawer This drawer provides over 1 3 cubic foot of storage space for accessories The drawer kit includes a tray which is permanently mounted to the 1700F05 The drawer opens and closes readily unless latched for transport The drawer can also be removed from the drawer tray by lifting up and out These items can be ordered with the 1705A or purchased through a Tektronix field office or distributor When ordering include both the name and number of the field upgrade kits 1705A Spectrum Monitor ee Replaceable Electrical Parts Section 8 Replaceable Electrical Parts This section contains a list of the components that are replaceable for the 1705A Use this list to identify and order replacement parts There is a separate Replaceable Electrical Parts list for each instrument Parts Ordering Information Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements Therefore when ordering parts it is important to include the following information in your order Part number Instrument type or model number Instrument serial number Instrument modification number if applicable If a
219. near the extreme right graticule mark Note R240 RF AGC may be adjusted to ease visibility of the spur Be sure to reset R240 step 17 part f ADJUST C69 carefully until spur is minimized Note While adjusting C69 note the 1200 MHz amplitude The spur should be minimized without reducing the 1200 MHz spike by more than 2 dB End of Adjustment Procedure 1705A Spectrum Monitor 5 27 Checks and Adjustments 5 28 1705 Spectrum Monitor Maintenance Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com Section 6 Maintenance This section contains instructions for preventive maintenance diagnostics general troubleshooting and corrective maintenance If the instrument does not function properly troubleshooting and corrective measures should be taken immediately to circumvent additional problems PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Cleaning 1705A Spectrum Monitor Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning visual inspection performance checking and if needed readjustment The preventive maintenance schedule established for the instrument should be based on the environment in which it is operated and the amount of use Under average conditions scheduled preventive maintenance should be performed every 2000 hours of operation CAUTION A 2 RMA flux content solder is recommended for making repairs in this instrument Cleaning of rosin
220. ns can be found in Section 6 Maintenance of this manual Electrical Installation PowerSource This instrument is intended to operate from a single phase power source having one of its current carrying conductors at or near earth ground the neutral conductor Only the line conductor is fused for over current protection Systems that have both current carrying conductors live with respect to ground such as phase to phase in multiphase systems are not recommended as power sources Mains Frequency and 1705A operates over a frequency range of 48 to 66 Hz at any mains voltage Voltage Ranges between 90 Vac and 250 Vac These newer versions of the 1705A instruments do not require any internal changes to select their operating voltage range 18 Volts For Block Down slide switch located on the 1705A rear panel between the input connectors Converter enables disables the 18 V supply on the L BAND connector See Figure 3 1 This supply when switched on is intended to provide power for a Block Down Converter LNB through the L BAND INPUT connector 1705A Spectrum Monitor 3 1 Installation LNB POWER LNB POWER ON OFF 18 VDC 250 mA Figure 3 1 L BAND INPUT connector and controls Under extreme LNB load conditions it is possible for the 18 V supply to load the main 1705A power supply enough to change the low line regulation Under these circumstances the power supply may go out of regulation when mains
221. o Connect the positive output to W1 5 Connect the negative output of another variable DC Power Supply to TP1 Connect the positive output to W4 15 V Set the variable power supply to 20 Vdc Connect the digital multimeter between TP1 and the cathode of CR15 Set the variable DC Power Supply connected to W1 5 V to 4 8 V The cathode of CR15 should be approximately 20 V Set the variable DC Power Supply connected to W1 5 V to 5 2 V The cathode of CR15 should be approximately 2 V If this check did not reveal the cause for the 5 V supply not regulating refer to the Output Check and the Control Circuit Check Table 6 5 lists the High Volts Supply fault symptoms and procedures 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance Table 6 5 High Volts Supply Fault Symptoms Unable to focus crt using the front Focus Amplifier Check panel control Unable to adjust crt intensity using the Z Axis Amplifier Check front panel control Grid Drive Check No crt display High Voltage Oscillator Check CRT Voltage Check Load the Low Volts Supply with the instrument or with the 2002 resistor as stated at the beginning of the Troubleshooting Procedure Focus Amplifier Check Unsolder and lift one end of R24 Power up the Power Supply Using the digital multimeter measure the voltage between TP1 and the collector of O1 It should be approximately 140 V Reconnect the lifted end of R24 Z Axis Amplifier Check Unsolde
222. o look at either the output of the Video Exciter 70 MHz or the Receiver Input L Band 1 18 1705 Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions Section 2 Operating Instructions These instructions provide information about the front panel controls and indicators rear panel connectors and switch powering up and the measurement graticule and alphanumeric readout Front panel Controls and Indicators FILTER INPUT 1705A Spectrum Monitor The front panel controls and indicators consist of momentary contact push but ton switches with backlit switch selections and variable controls For front panel control and indicator locations see Figure 2 1 There are also functions that are accessed by holding the switch down for approximately 1 second These functions are identified by a blue box surrounding the front panel label VIDEO Turns on or off the Video Filter which reduces the post detection bandwidth video to reduce the high frequency components for display noise averaging A front panel LED indicator lights when the Video Filter is on Holding the Video switch activates the High Gain mode An on screen readout indicates 2 dB Div To exit this mode hold the switch again and the on screen readout returns to 10 dB Div Gain selection will not affect the momentary touch VIDEO On Off selection RESOLUTION Selects the 219 IF bandwidth Toggles between 10 kHz and 300 kHz as indicated by the front panel indicator
223. o signal is present adjust L4 down a few turns and then adjust FL1 ADJUST C55 for maximum signal C55 should peak at about 1 8 to 1 2 mesh ADJUST FL1 center and inside screws do not readjust the outside screw for maximum signal Less than one turn should be required ADJUST FL2 for maximum signal three screws beginning at the back screw 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments Repeat part i using 2 dB Div if necessary ADJUST C69 for maximum signal ADJUST L4 for maximum signal The slug may be removed if L4 provides no benefit Repeat this step as necessary until the signal amplitude is 37 to 43 dB above the noise floor 9 Adjust Ramp Size a On the 1705A select 70 MHz INPUT turn the CENTER FREQUENCY knob fully counterclockwise and set the SPAN DIV to 1 MHz Set the DVM to AC Volts Connect the ground lead to chassis ground and the active lead to W5 See Figure 5 7 Note reading on DVM should be 0 4 volts Connect the DVM to W2 See Figure 5 7 Set the 1705A SPAN DIV to FULL ADJUST R113 FULL GAIN to match the reading from part d 10 Adjust 70 MHz Band Linearity a Set SWEEP SPEED fully clockwise SPAN DIV to 1 MHz and adjust the HORIZONTAL POSITION to place the caret on the center graticule Set the SPAN DIV to FULL Connect the signal generator output to the 1705A 70 MHz INPUT Set the signal generator Frequency to 45 MEZ and the Amplitude to 2
224. ockets Equipment at this level includes appliances portable tools and similar products Equipment is usually cord connected Secondary signal level or battery operated circuits of electronic equipment measure of the contaminates that could occur in the environment around and within a product Typically the internal environment inside a product is considered to be the same as the external Products should be used only in the environment for which they are rated Pollution Degree 1 Pollution Degree 2 Pollution Degree 3 Pollution Degree 4 UL1244 CAN CSA C22 2 No 231 No pollution or only dry nonconductive pollution occurs Products in this category are generally encapsulated hermetically sealed or located in clean rooms Normally only dry nonconductive pollution occurs Occasionally a temporary conductivity that is caused by condensation must be expected This location is a typical office home environment Temporary condensation occurs only when the product is out of service Conductive pollution or dry nonconductive pollution that becomes conductive due to condensation These are sheltered locations where neither temperature nor humidity is controlled The area is protected from direct sunshine rain or direct wind Pollution that generates persistent conductivity through conductive dust rain or snow Typical outdoor locations Standard for electrical and electronic measuring and test equipment C
225. of readout in L Band by 1 1 GHz for full end to end rotation See Figure 2 11 for an example of the display during Offset Adjust A 12 00 GHZ Figure 2 11 An example of the readout displayed while satellite frequency is being set The A is the same for both increasing and decreasing frequency When Offset is selected from the Readout Mode an additional auxiliary menu appears on screen for several seconds before it extinguishes and the spectrum analyzer display with GHz readout appears Refer to Figure 2 10 Pushing the SPAN push button causes the numerical part of the readout to scale upward toward 20 Pushing the lt SPAN push button scales down the numerical readout toward 0 9 Once the readout has been changed to GHz the frequency display can be altered to show frequencies ascending or descending from left to right When L O High is selected turning the front panel CENTER FREQUENCY clockwise incre 1705A Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions Test Mode ments the frequency readout low to high and moves the brightened portion of the sweep from left to right When L O Low is selected the readout decrements high to low and the brightened portion of the sweep moves from left to right with clockwise rotation of the CENTER FREQUENCY When L Band is selected from the Readout Mode menu the Main menu returns and the readout is scaled in MHz Changes of frequency readout are shown in ascending order when the front panel CENTER
226. of the switch shows the status of the POWER switch WARNING Mains power is still applied to the 1705A Power Supply circuit board regardless of POWER switch state To totally remove shock hazard it is necessary to unplug the instrument and wait for the capacitors to discharge Rear Panel Connectors 2 4 INPUTS Signal input and power input are located on the 1705A rear panel See Fig ure 2 2 for the locations of the rear panel connectors 1 L BAND A 75Q input f type connector used for the 900 2000 MHz input of L Band rf which is down converted by a Low Noise Amplifier Block Down Converter LNB from the received satellite signal 2 LNB POWER Switch Switch to turn on or off the 18 V supply on the L BAND INPUT connec tor Supply is normally used to power a Low Noise Amplifier Block Down Converter at the antenna 1705A Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions POWER 1705A Spectrum Monitor 333 3990 01 SPECTRUM MONITOR gt ew 9 DIE IN DIESEM GERAT ENTSTEHENDE RONTGENSTRAHLUNG IST AUSREICHEND pifcureuncunesseannune caen V TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK THE POWER CORD PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR LNB POW MUST BE CONNECTED TO EARTH GROUND ER 0 7 MAM CS 50 60Hz CEN ON 90 250 FUSE ONLY 250V 2A e LNB POW 18 VDC 250 mA LBAND INPUT Figure 2 2 1705A rear panel controls and connectors refer to text for descri
227. ons are between 6 and 60 dB The available sweep for the 1705A is 12 divisions long which means that not all of the frequencies that it is capable of displaying can be displayed simultaneous ly Figure 2 5 compares the sweep length to the graticule It shows the usable areas of the sweep as well as the minimum and maximum frequencies of the two bands 1705A Spectrum Monitor 2 9 Operating Instructions 2 10 MINIMUM MAXIMUM FREQUENCY FREQUENCY L BAND 900 MHz L BAND 2000 MHz 70 MHz 45 MHz MID 70 MHz 100 MHz FREQUENCY r amp SCALE 10 DIVISIONS gt SWEEP LENGTH 12 DIVISIONS _ gt Figure 2 5 Relationship of sweep to graticule showing minimum and maximum frequencies when CENTER FREQUENCY is set to mid band Figure 2 6 shows frequencies associated with the graticule lines in FULL SPAN DIV when the CENTER FREQUENCY control is set to 1400 for L Band or 70 MHz for the 70 MHz Note also that the HORIZONTAL POSITION control affects the frequency to graticule scale resolution Determin ing where the HORIZONTAL POSITION control is set can easily be determined using one of the magnified SPAN DIV settings and the readout cursor 1705A Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions 45 70 MHZ 95 MHZ MHZ 50 55 60 75 80 85 90 L
228. ower remove battery if applicable and disconnect test leads before removing protective panels soldering or replacing components To avoid electric shock do not touch exposed connections X Radiation To avoid x radiation exposure do not modify or otherwise alter the high voltage circuitry or the CRT enclosure X ray emissions generated within this product have been sufficiently shielded 1705A Spectrum Monitor xi Service Safety Summary xii 1705A Spectrum Monitor Preface Section 1 Introduction Section 2 Operating Instructions Section 3 Installation Section 4 Theory of Operation Section 5 Checks and Adjustments Section 6 Maintenance 1705A Spectrum Monitor The information in this manual is intended for instrument operators and service technicians Operators are assumed to befamiliar with basic television terms and measurements Qualified service technicians are also assumed to be familiar with television terms and measurements and have moderate experience with analog and logic circuits The manual is divided into two parts Operator s Information and Service Information The Operator s Information is useful to both operators and service technicians The Service Information is intended only for qualified service technicians Section 1 Introduction includes a general description of the instrument followed by the Specifications The Specifications include references to the correspond ing Perfor
229. p to approximate the location of a satellite from any area of the 48 contiguous states Operating Instructions Los Angeles 2 Stabilize the vehicle in a location where there will be a clear path between the antenna and the satellite The vehicle should be reasonably level to facilitate antenna and polarization adjustment Point the antenna in the expected direction of the satellite Note that compass readings may not be accurate in the presence of vehicles or structures Several readings at nearby locations should be taken to determine any unusual effects Appropriate correction for magnetic variation must be made when a magnetic compass is used The locating tables indicate true north If the antenna azimuth and elevation are remotely adjusted the TEKTRO NIX 1705A may be permanently connected to the splitter feeding the L Band downlink signal from the outdoor Low Noise Block Converter LNB to the indoor receiver If the antenna is to be adjusted manually a portable ac or battery powered 1705A may be connected directly to the LNB at the antenna in which case the spectrum monitor can be used to power the LNB Table 2 3 Azimuth Elevation Table for 21 CONUS Cities L Ll o gt o o N Minneapolis St Paul 37 1705 Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions 1705A Spectrum Mon
230. phanumeric readout which is directly above the cursor The displayed location of the CENTER FREQUENCY can be displaced by up to 2 divisions from graticule center depending on the setting of the control See Figure 2 9 2 12 1705 Spectrum Monitor Operating Instructions 1400 MHZ POINT ON THE TRACE THAT CORRESPONDS TO 1400 MHZ CENTER FREQUENCY TUNED AT THIS POINT Figure 2 8 1705A CRTwith the SCALE turned down to show the relationship between the alphanumeric readout and the front panel CENTER FREQUENCY tuning 1400 MHZ POINT ON THE TRACE THAT CORRESPONDS TO 1400 MHZ CENTER FREQUENCY TUNED AT THIS POINT Figure 2 9 The setting of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control can displace the location of the displayed center frequency 1705A Spectrum Monitor 2 13 Operating Instructions Customizing Frequency Readout Turning On or Off Readout Changing Readout Position 2 14 The type and location of the readout for the TEKTRONIX 1705A Spectrum Monitor can be changed from the front panel The options available are 1 The choice of having readout or turning it off 2 The position on the crt where the readout appears 3 A customized readout that displays the satellite transponder frequency rather than the L Band tuner frequency The auxiliary setup menu used to make these selections is brought up to the crt when both lt SPAN DIV buttons are pushed simultaneously Figure 2 10 shows the selections that a
231. ponent Tektronix Mfr Mfr Part Number Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number 1 37 290 1267 00 CAP FXD AL 560UF 20 50V 12 5 X 31 5 LOW 80009 290 1267 00 IMP RDL BULK A1C38 290 1267 00 CAP FXD AL 560UF 20 50V 12 5 X 31 5 LOW 80009 290 1267 00 IMP RDL BULK A1C39 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A1C40 281 0772 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 4700PF 10 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AX 04222 5 101 472 A1C41 281 0563 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 47UF 20 50V 0 150 X 0 290 AXIAL MI 80009 281 0563 00 A1C42 290 1267 00 CAP FXD AL 560UF 20 50V 12 5 X 31 5 LOW 80009 290 1267 00 IMP RDL BULK 1 43 281 0563 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 47UF 20 50V 0 150 X 0 290 AXIAL MI 80009 281 0563 00 1 44 285 1331 00 CAP FXD MTLZD 0 47UF 5 400V TK1573 MKS4 47 400 5 A1C45 281 0563 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 47UF 20 50V 0 150 X 0 290 AXIAL MI 80009 281 0563 00 A1C46 283 0005 03 CAP FXD CER DI 0 01 UF 80 20 250V 80009 283 0005 03 1 47 281 0563 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 47UF 20 50V 0 150 X 0 290 AXIAL MI 80009 281 0563 00 A1C48 281 0809 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 200 PF 5 100V 0 100 X 0 170 AXIAL MI 04222 SA101A201JAA A1C49 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A1C50 281 0563 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 47UF 20 50V 0 150 X 0 290 AXIAL MI 80009 281 0563 00 1 51 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170 AX 80009 281 0773 00 IAL MI 1 52 281 077
232. pressing both SPAN DIV buttons simultaneously Diagnostic Routines Diagnostics are addressed by pushing both lt 5 gt buttons at the same time which brings up the Main menu on the crt screen Figure 6 1 shows the Main menu and all of the submenus In addition to the Test routine there are operating parameters addressed from this menu they are discussed in detail in Section 2 Operating instructions Setting the cursor to the Test selection and pushing the INPUT push button brings up the Test menu See Figure 6 2 Now any one of four tests can be 6 4 1705 Spectrum Monitor Maintenance Memory Test 1705A Spectrum Monitor selected by moving the cursor to a point adjacent to the test name and pushing the INPUT push button TEST MEMORY gt DAC LED KEY EXIT USE SPAN KEYS TO MOVE CURSOR PRESS INPUT KEY TO SELECT Figure 6 2 1705A Test menu displayed when Test is the Main menu selection The NOVRAM Non Volatile Random Access Memory test is selected from the crt displayed Test menu by pushing the VIDEO push button When this test is selected the crt first displays a message that gives the memory version and copyright dates The test then proceeds to check the NOVRAM and the Electrically Eraseable Programmable Memory EEPROM The test goes through three steps each with its own message displayed on the crt starting with NONVOLATILE lt 2444 gt RAM TEST Its first action is to write to and read out of
233. ptable in the country to which the product is shipped Power cord part numbers are shown on the pull out in Section 10 of the Safety and EMI tests used to qualify the 1705A were performed in a cabinet There are two optional cabinets and a dual rack adapter available for the installation of these instruments For more information refer to the cabinet installation drawings in Section 3 or contact a Tektronix field office or distributor 7 1 Options ORDERING 7 2 Plain Cabinet 1700F00 This plain silver grey cabinet is designed for permanent mounting The ventilating holes in the top bottom and sides of the cabinet allow heat generated within the instrument to dissipate When mounting allow air to circulate freely through these holes Carrying Case 1700F02 This silver grey metal cabinet designed for portable applications is equipped with feet flipstand and carrying handle The TEKTRONIX Battery Pack can easily be mounted to this cabinet to provide a 12 Vdc power source for portable operation Side by Side Rack Adapter WFM7F05 This side by side rack adapter consists of two attached cabinets It can be used to mount the 1705A and another half rack width instrument in a standard 19 inch rack Blank Panel 1700F06 When only one side of a 1700 05 dual rack adapter is used this blank panel can be installed in the other half to improve appearance and protect air flow Utility Drawer 1700F07 When only o
234. ptions of controls identified with circled numbers 3 LNB POWER Indicator LED indicator that lights when the 18 V supply is turned on and operating correctly Indicator will not light if the 18 V supply is shorted 4 70 MHz A 75Q input bnc type connector used for the input of the 45 100 MHz rf 5 ACFUSE Holder for the instrument s mains fuse 6 ACPOWER A standard ac plug receptacle for 120 or 220 Vac power mains 2 5 Operating Instructions Powering up 2 6 When the 1705A is first powered up it should come up in a measurement mode Most commonly it will be configured as it was when it was last turned off If not there are some very simple checks that should be made If the power switch is showing ON but the graticule and front panel indicators do not come on check for a mains power problem such as a blown fuse or interrupted power mains unplugged or main breaker thrown If these are right refer to a qualified service technician for troubleshooting If the Non Volatile RAM is defective which disables the operation of the Microprocessor there is a crt readout If the 1705A comes on with the following message ERROR CANNOT READ OR WRITE TO 2444 PRESS VIDEO KEY TO EXIT operation will be questionable and the 1705A should be thoroughly checked out by a qualified service technician Normal start up of the instrument should consist of a display of alphanumeric frequency readout and a
235. r and lift one end of R8 Power up the Power Supply Using the digital multimeter measure the voltage between TP1 and the collector of O4 It should be approximately 10 V Short together the base and emitter of O5 The collector of O4 should be approximately 100 V Reconnect the lifted end of R8 Grid Drive Check Turn off the Power Supply Use the digital multimeter s diode check to test CR1 CR2 CR3 CR5 and CR6 for shorts Power up the Power Supply Using the digital multimeter measure the voltage between TP1 and the cathode of CR5 It should vary between approximately 75 and 200 V as R58 CRT Bias is adjusted 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance 1705A Spectrum Monitor Connect the oscilloscope probe to the anode of 5 and the probe ground to The signal should be a clipped sine wave of 75 to 200 High Voltage Oscillator Check Connect the oscilloscope probe to T1 pin 3 Q6 collector and the probe ground to TP1 Power up the supply The signal should be a 60 V p p 22 kHz sine wave Check the following voltages using the digital multimeter Table 6 6 High Voltage Oscillator Test Points Circuit Location Voltage T1 pin 4 Approximately 40 V T1 pin 18 Less than 2 V U2 pin 2 Approximately 4 8 V U2 pin 6 4 to 11 V 9 cathode Approximately 100 V CRT Voltage Check NOTE This check requires a high voltage probe having an input resistance of 1 or more
236. r each transponder known finding the correct transponder and determining its activity is easily accom plished with the 1705A Spectrum Monitor 1 14 1705A Spectrum Monitor Introduction TRANSPONDER FREQUENCY AND NUMBER DOWN LINK TRANSPONDER FREQUENCY NUMBER 11 729GHZ 11 788 2 11 847GHz 11 906 2 11 965 2 12 024GHz 12 083GHz 12 142GHz eT ee 11 7585GHz 11 8175GHz 11 8765GHz 11 9355GHz 11 9945GHz 12 0535GHz 12 1125GHz 12 1715GHz HORIZONTAL VERTICAL POLARIZATION POLARIZATION Figure 1 7 Transponder assignments for a typical Ku Band 16 transponder satellite that employs alternate polarization Not all Ku Band satellites conform to these frequencies and or this polarization scheme Finding The Correct Once the satellite has been found it will be necessary to find the proper trans Transponder ponder and determine if it is available With the 1705A frequency readout offset correctly set up it is possible to directly zero in on the correct transponder Figure 1 8 is a computer simulation of the 1705A Spectrum Monitor display in FULL SPAN DIVISION Each division corresponds to 100 MHz If the satellite previously discussed is being looked at and the brightup is on the first marker then the first signal is transponder number 1 and the antenna feed horn is horizontally polarized Further it is possible to determine that transponders 5 7 9 13 and 15 are currently in use
237. re available from the crt menus Pushing the designated front panel switch accomplishes the specified menu task Note that the solid lines in Figure 2 10 denote how to work through the menus while the dashed lines show how to exit from the menu and return to the normal monitor display The readout control options share a software routine with the operator diagnos tics Test in the Main menu The Main menu along with the Readout Mode and Test menus use a cursor and select method of operation With these menus the selection is marked by moving the cursor up with the SPAN push button or down with the lt SPAN push button and pushing the INPUT button to complete the selection The Readout Position and Offset Adjust menus assign other functions to some of the front panel push button switches For these specific functions the names in brackets correspond to front panel switch names The selections for disabling enabling the crt readout are contained in the Readout Mode menu Readout is turned off by setting the displayed cursor gt next to the OFF selection and pushing the INPUT push button Readout is turned on by moving the displayed cursor next to ON and pushing the INPUT push button Once the function is selected pushing the INPUT push button a second time returns to normal monitor operation Pushing the RESOLUTION VIDEO lt 5 and 5 gt push buttons after the Readout Position auxiliary menu has been displayed moves the
238. rrent outputs of U10 are pins 2 and 20 which are converted to voltage by U12 A and B Chip select is WR U2 pin 16 which is inverted U7C and ANDed with Address 7 in U7D Line AO from U8 pin 19 is the DAC A select low enable US provides a 5 volt analog voltage reference for U10 Trace rotation compensates for changes in the magnetic field surrounding the 1705A Q1 and Q2 are emitter followers that provide the Trace Rotation current to a coil around the crt inside the shield The voltage on the emitter of either O1 or O2 will develop a current through R19 to drive the coil Current amplitude and polarity are controlled by the front panel TRACE ROTATION screwdriver adjustment and 100 provide a current source for the graticule lights Base voltage which controls the amount of current flowing in the light circuit is set by the front panel SCALE control Jumper J100 on the Graticule Light board allows the graticule lights to be disabled The front panel schematic shows all of the operational controls for the instru ment including potentiometers momentary push button switches and indicator LEDs All the push buttons are polled by the microprocessor and the LEDs are driven by output ports from the microprocessor Also included on this diagram is the 18 volt Block Down Converter BDC power supply The front panel LED indicators are returned to a current source 5 V When an LED is lighted there is a complete circuit from t
239. s been successfully completed Figure 6 4 1705A power up error Figure 6 5 DAC check waveform rae ve eb aad Figure 6 6 Circuit board assembly locations Figure 6 7 Multiple pin connectors used in the 1705A Spectrum Monitor Figure 6 8 Bezel securing screws Figure 6 9 Screws securing the tear panel Figure 6 10 Screws securing the front panel board A2 in place Figure 6 11 Screws holding the Main board and the Tuners A5 and in place Figure 6 12 Removing the Power Supply Figure 6 13 Mounting screws for the LNB Power Supply circuit board 4 Figure 6 14 Repackaging a 1705A instrument 1705A Spectrum Monitor 4 8 4 13 4 19 5 6 5 8 5 9 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 19 5 20 5 21 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 11 6 20 6 22 6 23 6 24 6 26 6 26 6 27 vii Table of Contents List of Tables Table 1 1 Spectrum Display sso eee oy ERE e Ea eae A ap RO ee bey a 1 4 Table 1 2 CRT Display coca pr hock e n dogm e n get a ee mice xU Y 1 5 Table 1 3 Power Source gt 1 5 Table 1 4 Environmental Characteristics 1
240. se base current to effectively turn off Q596 Q596 operates with voltage levels between 0 7 V and 40 CR594 is the commutating diode that sets the voltage level when 0596 is off 07 V and current is still flowing in L591 The input filter circuit composed of L591 and C690 is effectively driven with a square wave however it is not a true square wave and is dependent on the loading of the 18 V supply See Figure 4 2 The output voltage is fed back to the FB input of U583 which compares it to an internal reference voltage to determine the on time for the Theory of Operation internal pulse width modulator Q588 is the current sense sampling current across R690 to provide a voltage level to the sensing input of U583 If the level on the over current sense input Sen gets too high 0583 shuts down to prevent damage L695 and C697 are the output filter providing a dc output that can be switched onto the rear panel L Band connector to power a Block Down Converter DS698 is an LED indicator light which is lighted when the 18 V supply is operating into a normal or no load condition If the 18 V output is shorted the light will extinguish Low Voltage Power Supply Diagram 7 AC LINE PUSE MODULATOR MOSFET LINE ISOLATED RECTIFIER Pe SECONDARY SUPPLY VOLTAGES CURRENT FEEDBACK DETECTOR VOLTAGE FEEDBACK ERROR AMPLIFIER The Low Voltage Power Supply converts t
241. set by R83 and R87 Again under these 1705A Spectrum Monitor Theory of Operation Z Axis Control Deflection Amplifiers Diagram 4 Buffers 1705A Spectrum Monitor conditions the output goes toward the positive supply If input is between and 0 7 V neither diode conducts and the amplifier has no input and conse quently an output of 0 V When the output of U14D is near 0 V a pulse that produces the crt bright zone is generated by the Z Axis Control circuit The Z Axis Control circuit is comprised of a transistor array U13 and discrete transistors Q4 and Q5 The output is the common collector line of the three differential amplifiers Q5 and pins 5 and 8 of U13 The output line drives the summing junction of the Z Axis Amplifier on Diagram 8 The front panel INTENSITY control drives the current source pins 12 13 and 14 of U13 All of the current from this transistor can be directed to the Z Axis Amplifier through the differential amplifiers or shunted away if Q6 is turned on Q6 is on during sweep retrace to blank the crt and during crt readout time when RO EN is active low With Q6 off the current from the source is split between R54 and R79 The current through R54 is the collector current on pin 5 The current through R79 will appear as collector current on pin 8 if its base pin 9 is low which occurs at marker time The result is that when the instrument is in FULL SPAN the trace is bright
242. t the HORIZONTAL POSITION control to place the caret at the center of the screen If R27 requires adjustment check step 10 parts a through e R55 and check step 12 parts a through d R35 Adjust Span Div Magnifier Range Set SPAN DIV to 10 MHz Use the HORIZONTAL POSITION control to position the caret to the center screen graticule line Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control fully clockwise the readout should display 2000 MHz 50 MHz Set the signal generator Frequency to 1800 MHz and Amplitude to 30 dBm 5 25 Checks and Adjustments 5 26 Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control counterclockwise until the frequency readout display is 1800 MHz ADJUST R38 Offset to position the 1800 MHz marker directly under the caret Set the signal generator Frequency to 1000 MHz Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control to display 1000 MHz ADJUST R37 Offset Gain to position the 1000 MHz marker directly under the caret Repeat this step until the markers at 1800 and 1000 MHz are properly positioned 16 Adjust Intensified Zone Range Set the SPAN DIV to FULL Set the signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz and Amplitude to 30 dBm Adjust the CENTER FREQUENCY control so the readout displays 1400 MHz ADJUST R61 to center the intensified zone on the 1400 MHz marker Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 1000 MHz Turn the CENTER FREQUENCY control counterclockwise to 1000 MHz ADJUST R36 to cen
243. tenna and transmitting system are correctly adjusted this check will only take seconds This check may be permitted earlier in the day if time is available and the antenna or transmitter setting are not to be changed During transmit the 1705A may be used to verify the presence of video audio and any communications signals at the 70 MHz output of the Video Exciter This signal may be permanently connected to the 1705A along with the L Band receive connection to allow front panel selection With either input narrower spans may be selected to permit observing discrete signals Be sure that there is an agreed upon good night for the transmission The carrier will not be watching your program content and must know clearly when you are finished with the satellite Unless there is a specific agree ment the carrier will expect a telephone call to know you are clear and you will be charged 1705A Spectrum Monitor The following servicing instructions are for use only by qualified personnel To avoid injury do not perform any servicing other than that stated in the operating instructions unless you are qualified to do so Refer to all safety summaries before performing any service Di ea Installation PEU SE Section 3 Installation Packaging The shipping carton and pads provide protection for the instrument during transit and should be retained in case subsequent shipment becomes necessary Repackaging instructio
244. ter line vertically 0 5 Division f Change the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1700 MHz g CHECK that the marker is on the same crt line vertically 0 5 Division h Set the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz Position tip of marker to crt center j CHECK that the marker tip is on the 10 graticule reference line 0 5 Division Note Make sure that the baseline is on the 70 graticule reference line Check Positioning Range REQUIREMENT Vertical 3 Divisions Horizontal and 2 Divisions Checks and Adjustments Set the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz and Amplitude to 60 dBm CHECK that the tip can be positioned 2 Divisions left and right of center Set the UHF signal generator Amplitude to 30 dBm Position baseline on the 60 graticule reference line CHECK that the marker tip can be positioned 3 Divisions down from its present position CHECK that the baseline can be positioned to the 30 graticule line 14 Check 2 dB DIV Gain REQUIREMENT Greater than 1 Division of amplitude change while changing from 50 dBm to 53 dBm a Set the UHF signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz and Amplitude to 50 dBm Hold the VIDEO push button until 2 dB Div appears on the crt readout Use the CENTER FREQUENCY control to locate the 1400 MHz marker Select 100 kHz SPAN DIV Using CENTER FREQUENCY and VERTICAL controls check that the marker tip can be positione
245. ter the intensified zone on the 900 MHz marker Repeat this step until the intensified zone is centered on appropriate markers 17 Adjust Vertical Gain Set the 1705A SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise Set the signal generator Frequency to 1400 MHz and Amplitude to 30 dBm ADJUST R176 for a three Division shift 0 25 major Divisions when switching the input level between 30 and 60 dBm Set VERTICAL POSITION to place the noise floor one major Division up from the bottom graticule line 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments ADJUST R239 IF AGC for maximum signal amplitude f ADJUST R240 RF AGC so the signal is one major Division 0 5 major Divisions down from the top graticule line g ADJUST R232 to its midpoint 18 Adjust 2 dB Div Position a Disconnect the signal from the L BAND INPUT b Turn VERTICAL POSITION fully clockwise c Hold the VIDEO push button down until 2 dB Div appears on the crt readout d ADJUST R140 to position the noise floor to center screen e Hold the VIDEO push button down again to exit the 2 dB Div mode 19 Adjust 590 MHz Notch a Select L BAND INPUT and set the SPAN DIV to 10 MHz b Connect the signal generator to the L BAND INPUT c Set the signal generator Frequency to 1200 MHz and Amplitude to 20 dBm d Use the HORIZONTAL POSITION control to place the 1200 MHz signal at the extreme left graticule mark A small spur should be visible
246. the INPUT push button Since this manual is also a troubleshooting aid its organization is described here This material is general and does not cover specific cases The foldout pages at the back of the manual contain block and schematic diagrams circuit board illustrations and lookup charts Diagrams Schematic diagrams show the circuit number and electrical value of each component Symbols used on these diagrams are defined on the first page of Section 9 Circuit boards are indicated by a heavy border Signals leaving or entering a schematic diagram are cross referenced with the connecting schematic number in brackets and the schematic grid location in small print 1705A Spectrum Monitor Parts Lists 1705A Spectrum Monitor Refer to the Replaceable Electrical Parts list for a complete description of each component NOTE Check the Change Information section at the rear of the manual for corrections and modifications to the instrument and the manual Look up Charts Each schematic diagram is assigned an alphanumeric grid and a look up chart which lists the grid location of components on that schematic Circuit Board Illustrations Electrical components connectors and test points are identified on circuit board illustrations which are located on the back of a preceding schematic diagram Assembly and Circuit Numbering The circuit board assemblies are assigned assembly or A numbers F
247. the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 5 0 MHz the Amplitude Multiplier to X1 and the Amplitude to 4 0 16 dBm Adjust the controls for a usable display Vary the autotransformer from low line to high line voltage 90 132 V for 110 V or 180 250 V for 220 V operation CHECK for stable operation over the prescribed voltage range Note If the LNB POWER is on and in use the requirement is derated to 100 132 V or 200 250 V Return the autotransformer to the local nominal mains voltage 3 Check LNB Power Supply REQUIREMENT 18 5 a Connect DVM leads between the center conductor of the L BAND INPUT connector and ground Turn on the LNB POWER switch CHECK that the rear panel LNB POWER LED is ON and that the DVM reads 18 V 0 9 V Temporarily approximately 2 seconds short the L BAND INPUT connector center conductor to ground CHECK that the red indicator lamp extinguishes and then comes back on when the short is removed Turn LNB POWER off procedure to prevent damage to the generators used in later steps CAUTION The LNB POWER switch MUST be turned off for the rest of this 4 Check 70 MHz Linearity REQUIREMENT One marker per Division 1 minor Division 1705A Spectrum Monitor 5 7 Checks and Adjustments 5 8 a Adjust FOCUS INTENSITY SCALE and SWEEP SPEED for a useable display b Place the 219 marker the left edge of the graticule See
248. tion 7 Options Section 8 Replaceable Electrical Parts Section 9 Diagrams Section 10 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Section 7 Options documents instrument options The information in this section summarizes the options Additional details are included in appro priate places throughout the manual Section 8 Replaceable Electrical Parts includes order information and part numbers for all replaceable electrical parts Section 9 Diagrams contains servicing illustra tions These include adjustment locations circuit board part locations a block diagram and schematic diagrams Parts locating tables are included that cross reference the circuit board illustra tions to the schematic diagrams Section 10 Replaceable Mechanical Parts includes ordering information and part numbers for all replaceable mechanical parts This parts list is referenced to an exploded view mechanical drawing Also included are lists of accessories and optional accessories 1705A Spectrum Monitor Preface Contacting Tektronix 1705 Spectrum Monitor Phone Address Web site Sales support Service support Technical support 1 800 833 9200 Tektronix Inc Department or name if known 14200 SW Karl Braun Drive P O Box 500 Beaverton OR 97077 USA www tektronix com 1 800 833 9200 select option 1 1 800 833 9200 select option 2 Email techsupport tektronix com 1 800 833 9200 select option 3 6 00 a
249. tor is a specialized spectrum analyzer designed to assist in locating satellites and to help optimize communication with the satellite It is capable of displaying the spectral plot of signals in the L Band 900 1750 MHz and the 45 100 MHz range on the crt An alphanumeric frequency readout displays the frequency at the center of the intensified zone in FULL SPAN DIV on the crt In the magnified SPAN DIV ranges the frequency readout is the approximate frequency under the readout marker Front panel mode switching is accomplished by push button switches whose status is constantly polled by a microprocessor In turn the microprocessor controls switching functions and circuit gains so that the instrument can be used to locate or monitor a specific set of frequencies The Low Voltage Power Supply is a high efficiency switching type The High Voltage Power Supply provides 13 kV acceleration potential The 1705A has two separate signal inputs L Band Sweep range 900 2000 MEZ calibrated range 900 1750 MHz and 70 MHz 45 100 MHZ Selection of the frequency band to be displayed is accomplished by pushing a front panel momentary push button switch which is monitored and acted upon by the microprocessor When one input is selected the other has its supply voltage interrupted The L Band Tuner is self contained and consists of an RF Amplifier Voltage Controlled Oscillator and a mixer stage The gain at the 18 IF frequency of 489
250. tor on the side of the CRT 6 Wipe the faceplate of the CRT to remove fingerprints then replace the bezel If the fit is too tight to allow the bezel to go into position or if the CRT has a loose fit after the bezel is completely tightened down then the rear CRT support must be repositioned To reposition the rear CRT support loosen the two nuts that hold the support in place With the CRT and bezel in place push the support towards the front of the instrument until it is snug against the rubber manchet on the rear of the CRT shield Tighten the two support nuts 6 21 Maintenance Removal of the Rear Panel Removal of Front Panel 6 22 Assembly Remove these five 5 screws to remove the rear panel 333 3990 01 A DIE INDIESEM GERAT ENTSTEHENDE TRAHLUNG IST AUSREICHEND ABGESCHIR WARNING TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK THE POWK CORD PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUC MUST BE CONNECTED TO EARTH GROUND LNB POWER A REPLACE FUSE ONLY WITH LNB POWER ON OFF 18VDC 250mA Secured by removeable nuts inside the panel Figure 6 9 Screws securing the rear panel 1 Remove the five rear screws See Figure 6 9 Screws securing the power receptical use removeable nuts as fasteners inside the rear panel 2 Unsolder the bnc and ground connections If 1700F10 Field Upgrade is installed unsolder leads from the battery connector 3 Unsolder the two leads to the 18 V swit
251. trum Monitor ALIGN 2nd MARKER HERE DISREGARD 1 2 GRATICULE GRATICULE LINE LINE Figure 5 5 Aligning L Band time markers with the graticule lines The graticule begins with 0 while the time markers are counted 1 2 3 etc The first and last divisions of sweep should be disregarded 11 Check L Band SPAN DIV and Readout REQUIREMENTS FULL 1 marker Division 1 minor Division 10 MHz 1 marker 5 Divisions 1 Division 1 MHz 1 marker 5 Divisions 1 Division Readout Accuracy 20 MHz a Set CENTER FREQUENCY to 1400 MHz and set SPAN DIV to 10 MHz b Setthe leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 50 MHz Position the readout caret to center of screen horizontally d CHECK for 1 marker every 5 Divisions 1 Division adjust CENTER FREQUENCY if necessary e Repeat parts a through d with CENTER FREQUENCY at 950 MHz and 1700 MHz f Set CENTER FREQUENCY to 1400 MHz g Set SPAN DIV to 1 MHz Checks and Adjustments VARIABLE AUTOTRANSFORMER Change the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 5 MHz Amplitude Multiplier to X1 and the Amplitude to 3 0 14 dBm CHECK for 1 marker every 5 Divisions 1 Division adjust CENTER FREQUENCY if necessary Repeat parts f through i with CENTER FREQUENCY at 950 MHz and 1700 MHz Remove the leveled sine wave generator and comb generator from the 1705A L BAND INPUT Connect the UHF signal generator output to the 1705A L BAND INPUT Se
252. uator requires a knowledge of trigonometry because of the relatively close 1 9 Introduction Satellite Footprints orbit of the satellite Ifthe orbit of an equatorial orbiting satellite were roughly equal to the distance from earth to the sun ordinary latitude could be used to determine the elevation of the antenna which is of necessity very finely focused However since there is a disparity this angle is somewhat less than the latitude for the earth station See Figure 1 3 Simple logic readily points out that as the latitude increases the angle from horizon to the satellite decreases An example of this would be that at 45 North or South latitude the angle above the horizon is about 40 for a satellite at the earth station s longitude Figure 1 3 illustrates why it is not possible to pinpoint a satellite with ordinary navigation Figure 1 3 Angle A the difference at a specific latitude between the angle to the sun and the angle to a satellite is the reason ordinary navigation techniques cannot be used to find a satellite Figure 1 4 confirms that the angle from the prime meridian to a satellite will be considerably different than the angle from a North American or European earth station to the same satellite It should also be noted that the elevation also decreases for a satellite the further east or west from the earth station s longitude Even though a satellite in theory can communicate with 40 of the earth s
253. umber Part Number Effective Discontinued Name amp Description Code Number A8A1DS300 150 0168 00 LAMP INCAND 14V 0 08A WEDGE BASE T1 75 FOR SKT MT 80009 150 0168 00 MOUNTING PARTS 136 1119 01 SKT LPHLDR PCB LPHLDR FEM STR SGL 0 404 H X 0 218 80009 136 1119 00 TAIL TIN T 1 75 WEDGE END MOUNTING PARTS A3A1J100 131 4530 00 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 3 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 80009 131 4530 00 0 120 TAIL 30 GLD BD RETENTION A3A1P100 131 0993 00 CONN BOX SHUNT SHORTING FEM STR 1 X 2 0 1 22526 65474 006 0 385 H 30 GLD BLK JUMPER 200 131 2790 00 CONN HDR PCB RTANG 1 X 2 0 15 0 230 X 0 120 80009 131 2790 00 TAIL 30 GLD 800 131 2790 00 CONN HDR PCB RTANG 1 X 2 0 15 0 230 MLG X 0 120 80009 131 2790 00 TAIL 30 GLD 4 671 0145 02 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 18V POWER SUPPLY 80009 671 0145 02 A4C491 290 0164 00 CAP FXD ALUM 1UF 50 10 160V 0 276 X 0 567 24165 5160105 160017 IAL MI T amp R A4C497 290 1311 00 CAP FXD ALUM 10UF 20 50V 5 X 11MM 5000 80009 290 1311 00 HOURS RDL T amp A A4C580 290 1296 00 CAP FXD ALUM 100UF 20 25V 8 X 9MM RDL 105 80009 290 1296 00 DEG BULK A4C581 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 5 105 104 A4C583 281 0771 00 CAP FXD CER DI 2200PF 2076 200V 80009 281 0771 00 A4C682 281 0775 01 CAP FXD CER MCL 0 1UF 20 50V Z5U 0 170 X 0 100 AXIAL 04222 SA105E104MAA A4C683 281 0773 00 CAP FXD CER MLC 0 01UF 10 100V SAF 0 100 X 0 170
254. umber entered indicates part is good for all serial numbers An item name is separated from the description by a colon Because of space limitations an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete Use the U S Federal Catalog handbook H6 1 for further item name identification The mechanical subparts are shown as PARTS AT TACHED PARTS MOUNTING PARTS END MOUNTING PARTS in column five 5 Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the part Code to name and address cross reference can be found immediately after this page Indicates actual manufacturer s part number 1705A Spectrum Monitor Replaceable Electrical Parts CROSS INDEX MFR CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER Mfr Code Manufacturer Address City State Zip Code 00779 AMP INC 2800 FULLING MILL HARRISBURG PA 17105 PO BOX 3608 00213 MSD INC 700 ORANGE ST DARLINGTON SC 29532 01121 ALLEN BRADLEY CO 1201 S 2ND ST MILWAUKEE WI 53204 2410 INDUSTRIAL CONTROL PRODUCTS 01295 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC 13500 N CENTRAL EXPY DALLAS TX 75265 SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP PO BOX 655012 02735 RCA CORP SOLID STATE DIVISION 02875 HUDSON TOOL amp DIE CO INC 18 MALVERN STREET NEWARK NJ 07105 04222 AVX CERAMICS 19TH AVE SOUTH MYRTLE BEACH SC 29577 DIV OF AVX CORP BOX 867 04713 MOTOROLA 5005 E MCDOWELL RD PHOENIX AZ 85008 4229 SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS SECTOR 05397 UNION CARBIDE CORP 11901 MADISON AVE CLEVELAND OH 44101 MATE
255. umeric grid to assist in locating parts within that diagram Assembly 1 Partial Assembly A1 also shown on Diagram 7 Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Bd Comp Diag Comp Diag Bd No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc No Loc Loc C1 C4 A4 CR1 E2 B1 R4 E4 R44 D2 B3 C2 D3 D1 CR2 D4 R5 ES R45 F2 C4 C3 D3 A2 CR3 E2 B1 C4 D3 A2 CR4 C2 B2 R7 B4 A4 R46 1 5 D4 CR5 D2 8 B4 A4 R47 D2 F4 A2 R48 C2 C4 C6 C4 B4 CR6 E2 R12 D3 C1 R49 F2 C4 C7 F3 B1 CR7 C2 D4 R20 C4 A4 R50 F2 1 B2 CR8 C2 D4 C9 E2 B2 CR9 C1 E4 R21 C5 A4 R51 F3 E1 C10 C5 B4 CR30 A2 E2 R22 D5 A4 R52 F2 E1 CR31 A2 E2 R23 B4 A4 R53 F2 E1 C11 E2 B1 R24 D5 A4 R54 F2 E1 C12 D2 C4 0 1 E2 B2 R25 B4 A4 R55 D2 D4 C13 D2 C4 DS2 E2 B2 C14 D2 C4 DS3 E3 B2 R26 5 R56 F3 1 15 F2 C4 R27 ES A4 R57 B2 1 FILA C3 C1 R28 5 4 R58 D2 E4 C16 C2 C3 FIL2 C3 C1 R29 D2 B1 R59 B1 E2 C17 F2 D4 R30 D2 A2 R60 C1 18 1 J1 B1 C19 C1 D4 J3 F2 D1 R31 D4 B3 R61 D1 E4 C20 C2 D4 J11 F4 A2 R32 E5 B3 R63 A2 E2 R33 C4 B4 R64 C2 E2 C21 C1 D4 Q1 E5 B3 R34 C4 B4 R65 B1 ES C22 B2 E2 Q2 E5 A3 R35 D4 B3 R66 B1 ES C23 B2 Q3 D4 B4 R103 A2 E2 C24 D1 E4 Q4 D4 B4 R36 D4 B3 C25 2 05 C4 B4 R37 5 B4 T1 B2 C4 R38 E2 B1 C27 B1 Q6 B2 E1 R39 E2 B1 U1 D1 C1 C28 B1 010 2 E2 R40 D2 B2 U2 B1 F4 C34 D1 F4 C65 B2 F4 R1 ES A1 R41 D4 B3 VR2 A2 E2 C66 A2 E2 R2 E4 A2 R42 C1 VR5 D2 B2 R3 E4 A2 R43 E2 B3 VR6
256. uring crt arcing CRT The pinout for the CRT is shown in Figure 4 3 Filament f Cathode k GRID g1 FOCUS 93 ASTIG 94 GEOM 95 VERT PLATE y2 VERT PLATE y1 HORIZ PLATE x2 1st ANODE 92 HORIZ PLATE x1 Filament f Figure 4 3 Pinout of the CRT Socket 1705A Spectrum Monitor 4 19 Theory of Operation 4 20 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks Adjustments Section 5 Checks And Adjustments This section consists of two separate procedures The first a Performance Check is used to determine compliance with the Performance Requirements in the Specification The second is the Adjustment Procedure that provides the instructions on how to adjust the instrument and return it to operation within the specification In both procedures front and rear panel controls and connectors on the instrument under test are fully capitalized e g 300 kHz RESOLUTION Control and connector names on test equipment and internal controls and adjustments for the instrument under test are initial capitalized e g Time Div Geometry etc Limits tolerances and waveforms given in this section are guides to adjustments and checks They are not instrument specifications except when listed in the Performance Requirement column of the Specification Tables in Section 1 of this manual Recommended Equipment List Electrical Instruments 1705A Spectrum Monitor The following equipment and accessory
257. verheated or burned components chafed insulation etc Repair or replace 6 11 Maintenance all obvious defects In the case of overheated components determine and correct the cause of overheating before re applying power 5 Use successive electrical checks to locate the source of the problem The primary tool for problem isolation is the oscilloscope Use the Performance Check Procedure located in Section 5 to determine if a circuit is operating within specifications At times it may be necessary to change a calibration adjustment to determine if a circuit is operational but since this can destroy instrument calibration care should be exercised Before changing an adjustment note its position so that it can be returned to its original setting 6 Determine the extent of the repair If the necessary repair is complex it may be advisable to contact your local Tektronix field office or representative before continuing If the repair is minor such as replacing a component see the parts list for replacement information Removal and replacement procedures for the assemblies can be found under Corrective Maintenance Power Supply Troubleshooting Procedure NOTE A review of the power supply theory of operation is recommended before attempting repairs The equipment needed to troubleshoot the power supply m Digital Multimeter DMM with a diode check function Oscilloscope Oto 20 Vdc Variable Power Supply Clip Lea
258. wer Supply to TP1 Connect the positive output to W4 15 V The circuit should draw less than 20 mA Excessive current draw can be caused by CR11 or U2 High Volts Power Supply Connect the negative output from the 20 Vdc Power Supply to TP1 Connect the positive output to W2 40 V The circuit should draw less than 20 mA Excessive current draw can be caused by CR14 or Q6 High Volts Power Supply Connect the positive output from the 20 Vdc Power Supply to TP1 Connect the negative output to W3 15 V The circuit should draw less than 20 mA Excessive current draw can be caused by CR12 Connect the negative output from the 5 Vdc Power Supply to 1 Connect the positive output to W1 5 V The circuit should draw less than 20 mA Excessive current draw can be caused by CR13 or O1 and O2 High Volts Power Supply 4 Control Circuit Check a Connect the negative output from the 20 Vdc Power Supply to TP2 Connect the positive output to the cathode of CR17 Short C47 with a clip lead Connect the oscilloscope probe ground to TP2 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance b Table 6 4 lists the signal present in a properly functioning control circuit Table 6 4 Control Circuit Test Points 08 collector 80 kHz repetition rate 400 ns width switching from 5 to approximately 2 V 5 Error Amplifier Check a High Volts Supply Connect the negative output from the variable DC Power Supply t
259. y to 70 MHz the Ampli tude Multiplier to X1 and the Amplitude to 0 5 2 dBm CHECK for a marker amplitude change of 2 Divisions 2 minor Divisions when switching the leveled sine wave generator Amplitude Multiplier between 0 01 and 0 1 a 20 dB change Set the leveled sine wave generator Amplitude Multiplier to 0 01 and Amplitude to 0 5 42 dBm Position the tip of the marker to exact crt center with the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL POSITION controls Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 50 MHz CHECK that the tip of the marker is on the crt center line 1 minor Division vertically Set the leveled sine wave generator Frequency to 90 MHz 1705A Spectrum Monitor Checks and Adjustments 1705A Spectrum Monitor k CHECK that the marker tip is on the crt center line 1 minor Division vertically 8 Check Video Filter REQUIREMENT Video Filter reduces noise by approximately 50 a b Be sure that the VIDEO FILTER is OFF Position the baseline on screen with the VERTICAL POSITION control Switch between VIDEO FILTER ON and OFF CHECK that the baseline noise amplitude drops approximately 50 when the VIDEO FILTER is ON 9 Check Sweep Speed REQUIREMENT Typically 20 200 ms a Verify that SPAN DIV is set to FULL and that SWEEP SPEED is set fully clockwise CHECK for a solid trace with almost no flicker Set SWEEP SPEED fully counterclockwise CHECK for about 3
260. z tuner The cover serves as a hold down for the L Band tuner 5 Slide the tuner back and upward until the L BAND INPUT connector is clear of the rear panel 1 Unsolder the three wires from the feed through capacitors at the back of the 70 MHz tuner 2 Unplug the coax connector from the rear of the 70 MHz tuner 3 Remove the 70 MHz tuner cover It is held on by six screws See Fig ure 6 11 4 Turn the 1705 on its left side crt down and remove the two screws that secure the 70 MHz tuner to the main chassis 5 Slide the tuner back and upward to remove 6 Reverse the procedure to re install the tuner 1 Remove both tuners 1705A Spectrum Monitor Maintenance 2 Remove the plugs from the following connectors J1 to the Front Panel board J4 on the Power Supply board and J2 on the Main board Trace Rotation 3 Unsolder the leads that go to the rear panel bnc connector and ground the two horizontal crt leads red and green and the two vertical crt leads blue and brown 4 Slip the crt and trace rotation leads through the appropriate holes in the Main board 5 Remove the seven screws that are holding the board in place See Figure 6 11 for their locations 6 Remove the Main board by sliding it toward the rear panel until the toe of the board clears the front Then lift out 7 replace the Main board lay the board flat and slide it back into place Guide the front of the circuit board into the

Tektronix 1705A User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents